// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Proxy.sol)
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
import "lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/proxy/Proxy.sol";
import "lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Upgrade.sol";
/**
 * @dev This contract implements an upgradeable proxy. It is upgradeable because calls are delegated to an
 * implementation address that can be changed. This address is stored in storage in the location specified by
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967], so that it doesn't conflict with the storage layout of the
 * implementation behind the proxy.
 */
contract ERC1967Proxy is Proxy, ERC1967Upgrade {
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the upgradeable proxy with an initial implementation specified by `_logic`.
     *
     * If `_data` is nonempty, it's used as data in a delegate call to `_logic`. This will typically be an encoded
     * function call, and allows initializating the storage of the proxy like a Solidity constructor.
     */
    constructor(address _logic, bytes memory _data) payable {
        assert(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT == bytes32(uint256(keccak256("eip1967.proxy.implementation")) - 1));
        _upgradeToAndCall(_logic, _data, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
     */
    function _implementation() internal view virtual override returns (address impl) {
        return ERC1967Upgrade._getImplementation();
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (proxy/Proxy.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This abstract contract provides a fallback function that delegates all calls to another contract using the EVM
 * instruction `delegatecall`. We refer to the second contract as the _implementation_ behind the proxy, and it has to
 * be specified by overriding the virtual {_implementation} function.
 *
 * Additionally, delegation to the implementation can be triggered manually through the {_fallback} function, or to a
 * different contract through the {_delegate} function.
 *
 * The success and return data of the delegated call will be returned back to the caller of the proxy.
 */
abstract contract Proxy {
    /**
     * @dev Delegates the current call to `implementation`.
     *
     * This function does not return to its internal call site, it will return directly to the external caller.
     */
    function _delegate(address implementation) internal virtual {
        assembly {
            // Copy msg.data. We take full control of memory in this inline assembly
            // block because it will not return to Solidity code. We overwrite the
            // Solidity scratch pad at memory position 0.
            calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize())
            // Call the implementation.
            // out and outsize are 0 because we don't know the size yet.
            let result := delegatecall(gas(), implementation, 0, calldatasize(), 0, 0)
            // Copy the returned data.
            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
            switch result
            // delegatecall returns 0 on error.
            case 0 {
                revert(0, returndatasize())
            }
            default {
                return(0, returndatasize())
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev This is a virtual function that should be overridden so it returns the address to which the fallback function
     * and {_fallback} should delegate.
     */
    function _implementation() internal view virtual returns (address);
    /**
     * @dev Delegates the current call to the address returned by `_implementation()`.
     *
     * This function does not return to its internal call site, it will return directly to the external caller.
     */
    function _fallback() internal virtual {
        _beforeFallback();
        _delegate(_implementation());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Fallback function that delegates calls to the address returned by `_implementation()`. Will run if no other
     * function in the contract matches the call data.
     */
    fallback() external payable virtual {
        _fallback();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Fallback function that delegates calls to the address returned by `_implementation()`. Will run if call data
     * is empty.
     */
    receive() external payable virtual {
        _fallback();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before falling back to the implementation. Can happen as part of a manual `_fallback`
     * call, or as part of the Solidity `fallback` or `receive` functions.
     *
     * If overridden should call `super._beforeFallback()`.
     */
    function _beforeFallback() internal virtual {}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.3) (proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Upgrade.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../beacon/IBeacon.sol";
import "../../interfaces/IERC1967.sol";
import "../../interfaces/draft-IERC1822.sol";
import "../../utils/Address.sol";
import "../../utils/StorageSlot.sol";
/**
 * @dev This abstract contract provides getters and event emitting update functions for
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967] slots.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 */
abstract contract ERC1967Upgrade is IERC1967 {
    // This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.rollback" subtracted by 1
    bytes32 private constant _ROLLBACK_SLOT = 0x4910fdfa16fed3260ed0e7147f7cc6da11a60208b5b9406d12a635614ffd9143;
    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the address of the current implementation.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.implementation" subtracted by 1, and is
     * validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
     */
    function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 implementation slot.
     */
    function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) private {
        require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
        StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeTo(address newImplementation) internal {
        _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        emit Upgraded(newImplementation);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade with additional setup call.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeToAndCall(address newImplementation, bytes memory data, bool forceCall) internal {
        _upgradeTo(newImplementation);
        if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
            Address.functionDelegateCall(newImplementation, data);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade with security checks for UUPS proxies, and additional setup call.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeToAndCallUUPS(address newImplementation, bytes memory data, bool forceCall) internal {
        // Upgrades from old implementations will perform a rollback test. This test requires the new
        // implementation to upgrade back to the old, non-ERC1822 compliant, implementation. Removing
        // this special case will break upgrade paths from old UUPS implementation to new ones.
        if (StorageSlot.getBooleanSlot(_ROLLBACK_SLOT).value) {
            _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        } else {
            try IERC1822Proxiable(newImplementation).proxiableUUID() returns (bytes32 slot) {
                require(slot == _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT, "ERC1967Upgrade: unsupported proxiableUUID");
            } catch {
                revert("ERC1967Upgrade: new implementation is not UUPS");
            }
            _upgradeToAndCall(newImplementation, data, forceCall);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the admin of the contract.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.admin" subtracted by 1, and is
     * validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _ADMIN_SLOT = 0xb53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current admin.
     */
    function _getAdmin() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 admin slot.
     */
    function _setAdmin(address newAdmin) private {
        require(newAdmin != address(0), "ERC1967: new admin is the zero address");
        StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value = newAdmin;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Changes the admin of the proxy.
     *
     * Emits an {AdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _changeAdmin(address newAdmin) internal {
        emit AdminChanged(_getAdmin(), newAdmin);
        _setAdmin(newAdmin);
    }
    /**
     * @dev The storage slot of the UpgradeableBeacon contract which defines the implementation for this proxy.
     * This is bytes32(uint256(keccak256('eip1967.proxy.beacon')) - 1)) and is validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _BEACON_SLOT = 0xa3f0ad74e5423aebfd80d3ef4346578335a9a72aeaee59ff6cb3582b35133d50;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current beacon.
     */
    function _getBeacon() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new beacon in the EIP1967 beacon slot.
     */
    function _setBeacon(address newBeacon) private {
        require(Address.isContract(newBeacon), "ERC1967: new beacon is not a contract");
        require(
            Address.isContract(IBeacon(newBeacon).implementation()),
            "ERC1967: beacon implementation is not a contract"
        );
        StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value = newBeacon;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform beacon upgrade with additional setup call. Note: This upgrades the address of the beacon, it does
     * not upgrade the implementation contained in the beacon (see {UpgradeableBeacon-_setImplementation} for that).
     *
     * Emits a {BeaconUpgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeBeaconToAndCall(address newBeacon, bytes memory data, bool forceCall) internal {
        _setBeacon(newBeacon);
        emit BeaconUpgraded(newBeacon);
        if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
            Address.functionDelegateCall(IBeacon(newBeacon).implementation(), data);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (proxy/beacon/IBeacon.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This is the interface that {BeaconProxy} expects of its beacon.
 */
interface IBeacon {
    /**
     * @dev Must return an address that can be used as a delegate call target.
     *
     * {BeaconProxy} will check that this address is a contract.
     */
    function implementation() external view returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev ERC-1967: Proxy Storage Slots. This interface contains the events defined in the ERC.
 *
 * _Available since v4.8.3._
 */
interface IERC1967 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the implementation is upgraded.
     */
    event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the admin account has changed.
     */
    event AdminChanged(address previousAdmin, address newAdmin);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the beacon is changed.
     */
    event BeaconUpgraded(address indexed beacon);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (interfaces/draft-IERC1822.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev ERC1822: Universal Upgradeable Proxy Standard (UUPS) documents a method for upgradeability through a simplified
 * proxy whose upgrades are fully controlled by the current implementation.
 */
interface IERC1822Proxiable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the storage slot that the proxiable contract assumes is being used to store the implementation
     * address.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: A proxy pointing at a proxiable contract should not be considered proxiable itself, because this risks
     * bricking a proxy that upgrades to it, by delegating to itself until out of gas. Thus it is critical that this
     * function revert if invoked through a proxy.
     */
    function proxiableUUID() external view returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     *
     * Furthermore, `isContract` will also return true if the target contract within
     * the same transaction is already scheduled for destruction by `SELFDESTRUCT`,
     * which only has an effect at the end of a transaction.
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://consensys.net/diligence/blog/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.8.0/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/StorageSlot.sol)
// This file was procedurally generated from scripts/generate/templates/StorageSlot.js.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for reading and writing primitive types to specific storage slots.
 *
 * Storage slots are often used to avoid storage conflict when dealing with upgradeable contracts.
 * This library helps with reading and writing to such slots without the need for inline assembly.
 *
 * The functions in this library return Slot structs that contain a `value` member that can be used to read or write.
 *
 * Example usage to set ERC1967 implementation slot:
 * ```solidity
 * contract ERC1967 {
 *     bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
 *
 *     function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
 *         return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
 *     }
 *
 *     function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) internal {
 *         require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
 *         StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * _Available since v4.1 for `address`, `bool`, `bytes32`, `uint256`._
 * _Available since v4.9 for `string`, `bytes`._
 */
library StorageSlot {
    struct AddressSlot {
        address value;
    }
    struct BooleanSlot {
        bool value;
    }
    struct Bytes32Slot {
        bytes32 value;
    }
    struct Uint256Slot {
        uint256 value;
    }
    struct StringSlot {
        string value;
    }
    struct BytesSlot {
        bytes value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `AddressSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getAddressSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (AddressSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `BooleanSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBooleanSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BooleanSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Bytes32Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBytes32Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Bytes32Slot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Uint256Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getUint256Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Uint256Slot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `StringSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getStringSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (StringSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `StringSlot` representation of the string storage pointer `store`.
     */
    function getStringSlot(string storage store) internal pure returns (StringSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := store.slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `BytesSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBytesSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BytesSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `BytesSlot` representation of the bytes storage pointer `store`.
     */
    function getBytesSlot(bytes storage store) internal pure returns (BytesSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := store.slot
        }
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract OwnableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    function __Ownable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Ownable_init_unchained();
    }
    function __Ownable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (finance/PaymentSplitter.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import "../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @title PaymentSplitter
 * @dev This contract allows to split Ether payments among a group of accounts. The sender does not need to be aware
 * that the Ether will be split in this way, since it is handled transparently by the contract.
 *
 * The split can be in equal parts or in any other arbitrary proportion. The way this is specified is by assigning each
 * account to a number of shares. Of all the Ether that this contract receives, each account will then be able to claim
 * an amount proportional to the percentage of total shares they were assigned. The distribution of shares is set at the
 * time of contract deployment and can't be updated thereafter.
 *
 * `PaymentSplitter` follows a _pull payment_ model. This means that payments are not automatically forwarded to the
 * accounts but kept in this contract, and the actual transfer is triggered as a separate step by calling the {release}
 * function.
 *
 * NOTE: This contract assumes that ERC20 tokens will behave similarly to native tokens (Ether). Rebasing tokens, and
 * tokens that apply fees during transfers, are likely to not be supported as expected. If in doubt, we encourage you
 * to run tests before sending real value to this contract.
 */
contract PaymentSplitterUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    event PayeeAdded(address account, uint256 shares);
    event PaymentReleased(address to, uint256 amount);
    event ERC20PaymentReleased(IERC20Upgradeable indexed token, address to, uint256 amount);
    event PaymentReceived(address from, uint256 amount);
    uint256 private _totalShares;
    uint256 private _totalReleased;
    mapping(address => uint256) private _shares;
    mapping(address => uint256) private _released;
    address[] private _payees;
    mapping(IERC20Upgradeable => uint256) private _erc20TotalReleased;
    mapping(IERC20Upgradeable => mapping(address => uint256)) private _erc20Released;
    /**
     * @dev Creates an instance of `PaymentSplitter` where each account in `payees` is assigned the number of shares at
     * the matching position in the `shares` array.
     *
     * All addresses in `payees` must be non-zero. Both arrays must have the same non-zero length, and there must be no
     * duplicates in `payees`.
     */
    function __PaymentSplitter_init(address[] memory payees, uint256[] memory shares_) internal onlyInitializing {
        __PaymentSplitter_init_unchained(payees, shares_);
    }
    function __PaymentSplitter_init_unchained(address[] memory payees, uint256[] memory shares_) internal onlyInitializing {
        require(payees.length == shares_.length, "PaymentSplitter: payees and shares length mismatch");
        require(payees.length > 0, "PaymentSplitter: no payees");
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < payees.length; i++) {
            _addPayee(payees[i], shares_[i]);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev The Ether received will be logged with {PaymentReceived} events. Note that these events are not fully
     * reliable: it's possible for a contract to receive Ether without triggering this function. This only affects the
     * reliability of the events, and not the actual splitting of Ether.
     *
     * To learn more about this see the Solidity documentation for
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/contracts.html#fallback-function[fallback
     * functions].
     */
    receive() external payable virtual {
        emit PaymentReceived(_msgSender(), msg.value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Getter for the total shares held by payees.
     */
    function totalShares() public view returns (uint256) {
        return _totalShares;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Getter for the total amount of Ether already released.
     */
    function totalReleased() public view returns (uint256) {
        return _totalReleased;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Getter for the total amount of `token` already released. `token` should be the address of an IERC20
     * contract.
     */
    function totalReleased(IERC20Upgradeable token) public view returns (uint256) {
        return _erc20TotalReleased[token];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Getter for the amount of shares held by an account.
     */
    function shares(address account) public view returns (uint256) {
        return _shares[account];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Getter for the amount of Ether already released to a payee.
     */
    function released(address account) public view returns (uint256) {
        return _released[account];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Getter for the amount of `token` tokens already released to a payee. `token` should be the address of an
     * IERC20 contract.
     */
    function released(IERC20Upgradeable token, address account) public view returns (uint256) {
        return _erc20Released[token][account];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Getter for the address of the payee number `index`.
     */
    function payee(uint256 index) public view returns (address) {
        return _payees[index];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Getter for the amount of payee's releasable Ether.
     */
    function releasable(address account) public view returns (uint256) {
        uint256 totalReceived = address(this).balance + totalReleased();
        return _pendingPayment(account, totalReceived, released(account));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Getter for the amount of payee's releasable `token` tokens. `token` should be the address of an
     * IERC20 contract.
     */
    function releasable(IERC20Upgradeable token, address account) public view returns (uint256) {
        uint256 totalReceived = token.balanceOf(address(this)) + totalReleased(token);
        return _pendingPayment(account, totalReceived, released(token, account));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Triggers a transfer to `account` of the amount of Ether they are owed, according to their percentage of the
     * total shares and their previous withdrawals.
     */
    function release(address payable account) public virtual {
        require(_shares[account] > 0, "PaymentSplitter: account has no shares");
        uint256 payment = releasable(account);
        require(payment != 0, "PaymentSplitter: account is not due payment");
        // _totalReleased is the sum of all values in _released.
        // If "_totalReleased += payment" does not overflow, then "_released[account] += payment" cannot overflow.
        _totalReleased += payment;
        unchecked {
            _released[account] += payment;
        }
        AddressUpgradeable.sendValue(account, payment);
        emit PaymentReleased(account, payment);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Triggers a transfer to `account` of the amount of `token` tokens they are owed, according to their
     * percentage of the total shares and their previous withdrawals. `token` must be the address of an IERC20
     * contract.
     */
    function release(IERC20Upgradeable token, address account) public virtual {
        require(_shares[account] > 0, "PaymentSplitter: account has no shares");
        uint256 payment = releasable(token, account);
        require(payment != 0, "PaymentSplitter: account is not due payment");
        // _erc20TotalReleased[token] is the sum of all values in _erc20Released[token].
        // If "_erc20TotalReleased[token] += payment" does not overflow, then "_erc20Released[token][account] += payment"
        // cannot overflow.
        _erc20TotalReleased[token] += payment;
        unchecked {
            _erc20Released[token][account] += payment;
        }
        SafeERC20Upgradeable.safeTransfer(token, account, payment);
        emit ERC20PaymentReleased(token, account, payment);
    }
    /**
     * @dev internal logic for computing the pending payment of an `account` given the token historical balances and
     * already released amounts.
     */
    function _pendingPayment(
        address account,
        uint256 totalReceived,
        uint256 alreadyReleased
    ) private view returns (uint256) {
        return (totalReceived * _shares[account]) / _totalShares - alreadyReleased;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a new payee to the contract.
     * @param account The address of the payee to add.
     * @param shares_ The number of shares owned by the payee.
     */
    function _addPayee(address account, uint256 shares_) private {
        require(account != address(0), "PaymentSplitter: account is the zero address");
        require(shares_ > 0, "PaymentSplitter: shares are 0");
        require(_shares[account] == 0, "PaymentSplitter: account already has shares");
        _payees.push(account);
        _shares[account] = shares_;
        _totalShares = _totalShares + shares_;
        emit PayeeAdded(account, shares_);
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[43] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
 *
 * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
 * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
interface IERC2981Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
     * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be paid in that same unit of exchange.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
        external
        view
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * The initialization functions use a version number. Once a version number is used, it is consumed and cannot be
 * reused. This mechanism prevents re-execution of each "step" but allows the creation of new initialization steps in
 * case an upgrade adds a module that needs to be initialized.
 *
 * For example:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * contract MyToken is ERC20Upgradeable {
 *     function initialize() initializer public {
 *         __ERC20_init("MyToken", "MTK");
 *     }
 * }
 * contract MyTokenV2 is MyToken, ERC20PermitUpgradeable {
 *     function initializeV2() reinitializer(2) public {
 *         __ERC20Permit_init("MyToken");
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 *
 * [CAUTION]
 * ====
 * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
 *
 * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
 * contract, which may impact the proxy. To prevent the implementation contract from being used, you should invoke
 * the {_disableInitializers} function in the constructor to automatically lock it when it is deployed:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
 * constructor() {
 *     _disableInitializers();
 * }
 * ```
 * ====
 */
abstract contract Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
     * @custom:oz-retyped-from bool
     */
    uint8 private _initialized;
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
     */
    bool private _initializing;
    /**
     * @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
     */
    event Initialized(uint8 version);
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
     * `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * Similar to `reinitializer(1)`, except that functions marked with `initializer` can be nested in the context of a
     * constructor.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier initializer() {
        bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
        require(
            (isTopLevelCall && _initialized < 1) || (!AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this)) && _initialized == 1),
            "Initializable: contract is already initialized"
        );
        _initialized = 1;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = false;
            emit Initialized(1);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
     * contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
     * used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * A reinitializer may be used after the original initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that
     * are added through upgrades and that require initialization.
     *
     * When `version` is 1, this modifier is similar to `initializer`, except that functions marked with `reinitializer`
     * cannot be nested. If one is invoked in the context of another, execution will revert.
     *
     * Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
     * a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
     *
     * WARNING: setting the version to 255 will prevent any future reinitialization.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier reinitializer(uint8 version) {
        require(!_initializing && _initialized < version, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
        _initialized = version;
        _initializing = true;
        _;
        _initializing = false;
        emit Initialized(version);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializing() {
        require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
     * Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
     * to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
     * through proxies.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event the first time it is successfully executed.
     */
    function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
        require(!_initializing, "Initializable: contract is initializing");
        if (_initialized < type(uint8).max) {
            _initialized = type(uint8).max;
            emit Initialized(type(uint8).max);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function that returns the initialized version. Returns `_initialized`
     */
    function _getInitializedVersion() internal view returns (uint8) {
        return _initialized;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function that returns the initialized version. Returns `_initializing`
     */
    function _isInitializing() internal view returns (bool) {
        return _initializing;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/common/ERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../interfaces/IERC2981Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the NFT Royalty Standard, a standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information.
 *
 * Royalty information can be specified globally for all token ids via {_setDefaultRoyalty}, and/or individually for
 * specific token ids via {_setTokenRoyalty}. The latter takes precedence over the first.
 *
 * Royalty is specified as a fraction of sale price. {_feeDenominator} is overridable but defaults to 10000, meaning the
 * fee is specified in basis points by default.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: ERC-2981 only specifies a way to signal royalty information and does not enforce its payment. See
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2981#optional-royalty-payments[Rationale] in the EIP. Marketplaces are expected to
 * voluntarily pay royalties together with sales, but note that this standard is not yet widely supported.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
abstract contract ERC2981Upgradeable is Initializable, IERC2981Upgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable {
    function __ERC2981_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __ERC2981_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    struct RoyaltyInfo {
        address receiver;
        uint96 royaltyFraction;
    }
    RoyaltyInfo private _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
    mapping(uint256 => RoyaltyInfo) private _tokenRoyaltyInfo;
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(IERC165Upgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC2981Upgradeable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @inheritdoc IERC2981Upgradeable
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _salePrice) public view virtual override returns (address, uint256) {
        RoyaltyInfo memory royalty = _tokenRoyaltyInfo[_tokenId];
        if (royalty.receiver == address(0)) {
            royalty = _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
        }
        uint256 royaltyAmount = (_salePrice * royalty.royaltyFraction) / _feeDenominator();
        return (royalty.receiver, royaltyAmount);
    }
    /**
     * @dev The denominator with which to interpret the fee set in {_setTokenRoyalty} and {_setDefaultRoyalty} as a
     * fraction of the sale price. Defaults to 10000 so fees are expressed in basis points, but may be customized by an
     * override.
     */
    function _feeDenominator() internal pure virtual returns (uint96) {
        return 10000;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information that all ids in this contract will default to.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setDefaultRoyalty(address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator) internal virtual {
        require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
        require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: invalid receiver");
        _defaultRoyaltyInfo = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes default royalty information.
     */
    function _deleteDefaultRoyalty() internal virtual {
        delete _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information for a specific token id, overriding the global default.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setTokenRoyalty(
        uint256 tokenId,
        address receiver,
        uint96 feeNumerator
    ) internal virtual {
        require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
        require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: Invalid parameters");
        _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId] = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Resets royalty information for the token id back to the global default.
     */
    function _resetTokenRoyalty(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        delete _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId];
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[48] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC20/extensions/draft-IERC20Permit.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 Permit extension allowing approvals to be made via signatures, as defined in
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612[EIP-2612].
 *
 * Adds the {permit} method, which can be used to change an account's ERC20 allowance (see {IERC20-allowance}) by
 * presenting a message signed by the account. By not relying on {IERC20-approve}, the token holder account doesn't
 * need to send a transaction, and thus is not required to hold Ether at all.
 */
interface IERC20PermitUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Sets `value` as the allowance of `spender` over ``owner``'s tokens,
     * given ``owner``'s signed approval.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: The same issues {IERC20-approve} has related to transaction
     * ordering also apply here.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `deadline` must be a timestamp in the future.
     * - `v`, `r` and `s` must be a valid `secp256k1` signature from `owner`
     * over the EIP712-formatted function arguments.
     * - the signature must use ``owner``'s current nonce (see {nonces}).
     *
     * For more information on the signature format, see the
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612#specification[relevant EIP
     * section].
     */
    function permit(
        address owner,
        address spender,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current nonce for `owner`. This value must be
     * included whenever a signature is generated for {permit}.
     *
     * Every successful call to {permit} increases ``owner``'s nonce by one. This
     * prevents a signature from being used multiple times.
     */
    function nonces(address owner) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the domain separator used in the encoding of the signature for {permit}, as defined by {EIP712}.
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() external view returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC20/IERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
 */
interface IERC20Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
     * another (`to`).
     *
     * Note that `value` may be zero.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
     * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `to`.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transfer(address to, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
     * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
     * zero by default.
     *
     * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
     * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
     * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
     * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
     * desired value afterwards:
     * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `from` to `to` using the
     * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
     * allowance.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) external returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../IERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import "../extensions/draft-IERC20PermitUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @title SafeERC20
 * @dev Wrappers around ERC20 operations that throw on failure (when the token
 * contract returns false). Tokens that return no value (and instead revert or
 * throw on failure) are also supported, non-reverting calls are assumed to be
 * successful.
 * To use this library you can add a `using SafeERC20 for IERC20;` statement to your contract,
 * which allows you to call the safe operations as `token.safeTransfer(...)`, etc.
 */
library SafeERC20Upgradeable {
    using AddressUpgradeable for address;
    function safeTransfer(
        IERC20Upgradeable token,
        address to,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transfer.selector, to, value));
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(
        IERC20Upgradeable token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transferFrom.selector, from, to, value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Deprecated. This function has issues similar to the ones found in
     * {IERC20-approve}, and its usage is discouraged.
     *
     * Whenever possible, use {safeIncreaseAllowance} and
     * {safeDecreaseAllowance} instead.
     */
    function safeApprove(
        IERC20Upgradeable token,
        address spender,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        // safeApprove should only be called when setting an initial allowance,
        // or when resetting it to zero. To increase and decrease it, use
        // 'safeIncreaseAllowance' and 'safeDecreaseAllowance'
        require(
            (value == 0) || (token.allowance(address(this), spender) == 0),
            "SafeERC20: approve from non-zero to non-zero allowance"
        );
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, value));
    }
    function safeIncreaseAllowance(
        IERC20Upgradeable token,
        address spender,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        uint256 newAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender) + value;
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
    }
    function safeDecreaseAllowance(
        IERC20Upgradeable token,
        address spender,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        unchecked {
            uint256 oldAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender);
            require(oldAllowance >= value, "SafeERC20: decreased allowance below zero");
            uint256 newAllowance = oldAllowance - value;
            _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
        }
    }
    function safePermit(
        IERC20PermitUpgradeable token,
        address owner,
        address spender,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) internal {
        uint256 nonceBefore = token.nonces(owner);
        token.permit(owner, spender, value, deadline, v, r, s);
        uint256 nonceAfter = token.nonces(owner);
        require(nonceAfter == nonceBefore + 1, "SafeERC20: permit did not succeed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Imitates a Solidity high-level call (i.e. a regular function call to a contract), relaxing the requirement
     * on the return value: the return value is optional (but if data is returned, it must not be false).
     * @param token The token targeted by the call.
     * @param data The call data (encoded using abi.encode or one of its variants).
     */
    function _callOptionalReturn(IERC20Upgradeable token, bytes memory data) private {
        // We need to perform a low level call here, to bypass Solidity's return data size checking mechanism, since
        // we're implementing it ourselves. We use {Address-functionCall} to perform this call, which verifies that
        // the target address contains contract code and also asserts for success in the low-level call.
        bytes memory returndata = address(token).functionCall(data, "SafeERC20: low-level call failed");
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // Return data is optional
            require(abi.decode(returndata, (bool)), "SafeERC20: ERC20 operation did not succeed");
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library AddressUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165Upgradeable is Initializable, IERC165Upgradeable {
    function __ERC165_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __ERC165_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165Upgradeable).interfaceId;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev These functions deal with verification of Merkle Tree proofs.
 *
 * The tree and the proofs can be generated using our
 * https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/merkle-tree[JavaScript library].
 * You will find a quickstart guide in the readme.
 *
 * WARNING: You should avoid using leaf values that are 64 bytes long prior to
 * hashing, or use a hash function other than keccak256 for hashing leaves.
 * This is because the concatenation of a sorted pair of internal nodes in
 * the merkle tree could be reinterpreted as a leaf value.
 * OpenZeppelin's JavaScript library generates merkle trees that are safe
 * against this attack out of the box.
 */
library MerkleProof {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if a `leaf` can be proved to be a part of a Merkle tree
     * defined by `root`. For this, a `proof` must be provided, containing
     * sibling hashes on the branch from the leaf to the root of the tree. Each
     * pair of leaves and each pair of pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
     */
    function verify(
        bytes32[] memory proof,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32 leaf
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processProof(proof, leaf) == root;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {verify}
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function verifyCalldata(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32 leaf
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processProofCalldata(proof, leaf) == root;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the rebuilt hash obtained by traversing a Merkle tree up
     * from `leaf` using `proof`. A `proof` is valid if and only if the rebuilt
     * hash matches the root of the tree. When processing the proof, the pairs
     * of leafs & pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
     *
     * _Available since v4.4._
     */
    function processProof(bytes32[] memory proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
            computedHash = _hashPair(computedHash, proof[i]);
        }
        return computedHash;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {processProof}
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function processProofCalldata(bytes32[] calldata proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
            computedHash = _hashPair(computedHash, proof[i]);
        }
        return computedHash;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the `leaves` can be simultaneously proven to be a part of a merkle tree defined by
     * `root`, according to `proof` and `proofFlags` as described in {processMultiProof}.
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function multiProofVerify(
        bytes32[] memory proof,
        bool[] memory proofFlags,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processMultiProof(proof, proofFlags, leaves) == root;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {multiProofVerify}
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function multiProofVerifyCalldata(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bool[] calldata proofFlags,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processMultiProofCalldata(proof, proofFlags, leaves) == root;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the root of a tree reconstructed from `leaves` and sibling nodes in `proof`. The reconstruction
     * proceeds by incrementally reconstructing all inner nodes by combining a leaf/inner node with either another
     * leaf/inner node or a proof sibling node, depending on whether each `proofFlags` item is true or false
     * respectively.
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. To use multiproofs, it is sufficient to ensure that: 1) the tree
     * is complete (but not necessarily perfect), 2) the leaves to be proven are in the opposite order they are in the
     * tree (i.e., as seen from right to left starting at the deepest layer and continuing at the next layer).
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function processMultiProof(
        bytes32[] memory proof,
        bool[] memory proofFlags,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32 merkleRoot) {
        // This function rebuild the root hash by traversing the tree up from the leaves. The root is rebuilt by
        // consuming and producing values on a queue. The queue starts with the `leaves` array, then goes onto the
        // `hashes` array. At the end of the process, the last hash in the `hashes` array should contain the root of
        // the merkle tree.
        uint256 leavesLen = leaves.length;
        uint256 totalHashes = proofFlags.length;
        // Check proof validity.
        require(leavesLen + proof.length - 1 == totalHashes, "MerkleProof: invalid multiproof");
        // The xxxPos values are "pointers" to the next value to consume in each array. All accesses are done using
        // `xxx[xxxPos++]`, which return the current value and increment the pointer, thus mimicking a queue's "pop".
        bytes32[] memory hashes = new bytes32[](totalHashes);
        uint256 leafPos = 0;
        uint256 hashPos = 0;
        uint256 proofPos = 0;
        // At each step, we compute the next hash using two values:
        // - a value from the "main queue". If not all leaves have been consumed, we get the next leaf, otherwise we
        //   get the next hash.
        // - depending on the flag, either another value for the "main queue" (merging branches) or an element from the
        //   `proof` array.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalHashes; i++) {
            bytes32 a = leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++];
            bytes32 b = proofFlags[i] ? leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++] : proof[proofPos++];
            hashes[i] = _hashPair(a, b);
        }
        if (totalHashes > 0) {
            return hashes[totalHashes - 1];
        } else if (leavesLen > 0) {
            return leaves[0];
        } else {
            return proof[0];
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {processMultiProof}.
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function processMultiProofCalldata(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bool[] calldata proofFlags,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32 merkleRoot) {
        // This function rebuild the root hash by traversing the tree up from the leaves. The root is rebuilt by
        // consuming and producing values on a queue. The queue starts with the `leaves` array, then goes onto the
        // `hashes` array. At the end of the process, the last hash in the `hashes` array should contain the root of
        // the merkle tree.
        uint256 leavesLen = leaves.length;
        uint256 totalHashes = proofFlags.length;
        // Check proof validity.
        require(leavesLen + proof.length - 1 == totalHashes, "MerkleProof: invalid multiproof");
        // The xxxPos values are "pointers" to the next value to consume in each array. All accesses are done using
        // `xxx[xxxPos++]`, which return the current value and increment the pointer, thus mimicking a queue's "pop".
        bytes32[] memory hashes = new bytes32[](totalHashes);
        uint256 leafPos = 0;
        uint256 hashPos = 0;
        uint256 proofPos = 0;
        // At each step, we compute the next hash using two values:
        // - a value from the "main queue". If not all leaves have been consumed, we get the next leaf, otherwise we
        //   get the next hash.
        // - depending on the flag, either another value for the "main queue" (merging branches) or an element from the
        //   `proof` array.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalHashes; i++) {
            bytes32 a = leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++];
            bytes32 b = proofFlags[i] ? leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++] : proof[proofPos++];
            hashes[i] = _hashPair(a, b);
        }
        if (totalHashes > 0) {
            return hashes[totalHashes - 1];
        } else if (leavesLen > 0) {
            return leaves[0];
        } else {
            return proof[0];
        }
    }
    function _hashPair(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32) {
        return a < b ? _efficientHash(a, b) : _efficientHash(b, a);
    }
    function _efficientHash(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32 value) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            mstore(0x00, a)
            mstore(0x20, b)
            value := keccak256(0x00, 0x40)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.17;
import "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/extensions/ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/common/ERC2981Upgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/finance/PaymentSplitterUpgradeable.sol";
import "operator-filter-registry/src/upgradeable/OperatorFiltererUpgradeable.sol";
struct PhaseSettings {
    /// @dev phase supply. This can be released to public by ending the phase.
    uint64 maxSupply;
    /// @dev tracks the total amount minted in the phase
    uint64 amountMinted;
    /// @dev wallet maximum for the phase
    uint64 maxPerWallet;
    /// @dev merkle root for the phase (if applicable, otherwise bytes32(0))
    bytes32 merkleRoot;
    /// @dev whether the phase is active
    bool isActive;
    /// @dev price for the phase (or free if 0)
    uint256 price;
}
struct BaseSettings {
    /// @dev public sale supply. ending a phase will carry supply into this value
    uint64 maxSupply;
    /// @dev global wallet maximum across all phases (including public)
    uint64 maxPerWallet;
    /// @dev tracks the total amount minted in the public sale
    uint64 amountMinted;
    /// @dev price for the public sale (or free if 0)
    uint256 price;
}
struct SaleState {
    uint64 numPhases;
    mapping(uint256 => PhaseSettings) phases;
}
struct PaymentSplitterSettings {
    address[] payees;
    uint256[] shares;
}
struct RoyaltySettings {
    address royaltyAddress;
    uint96 royaltyAmount;
}
error SaleInactive();
error SoldOut();
error InvalidPrice();
error ExceedMaxPerWallet();
error InvalidProof();
error PhaseNotActive();
error NotAllowlisted();
error InvalidMintFunction();
error InvalidAirdrop();
error InvalidPhase();
error BurningNotAllowed();
/// @author Bueno.art
/// @title ERC-721 Multi-Phase Drop Contract
contract Bueno721Drop is
    ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable,
    OwnableUpgradeable,
    ERC2981Upgradeable,
    PaymentSplitterUpgradeable,
    OperatorFiltererUpgradeable
{
    string public _baseTokenURI;
    SaleState public saleState;
    BaseSettings public baseSettings;
    uint256 public maxSupply;
    address[] public withdrawAddresses;
    mapping(address => mapping(uint256 => uint64)) private amountMintedForPhase;
    bool public isPublicActive;
    bool private allowBurning;
    event TokensMinted(address indexed to, uint256 quantity);
    event TokenBurned(address indexed owner, uint256 tokenId);
    event TokensAirdropped(uint256 numRecipients, uint256 numTokens);
    event PhasesActivated(uint256[] phaseIds, bool activatedPublic);
    event PhasesPaused(uint256[] phaseIds, bool pausedPublic);
    event PhaseEnded(uint256 phaseIds);
    event BurnStatusChanged(bool burnActive);
    event PhaseSettingsUpdated(uint256 phaseId, PhaseSettings settings);
    event BaseSettingsUpdated(BaseSettings settings);
    event BaseURIUpdated(string baseURI);
    event RoyaltyUpdated(address royaltyAddress, uint96 royaltyAmount);
    /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
    constructor() {
        _disableInitializers();
    }
    function initialize(
        string memory _name,
        string memory _symbol,
        string memory _baseUri,
        RoyaltySettings calldata _royaltySettings,
        PhaseSettings[] calldata _phases,
        BaseSettings calldata _baseSettings,
        PaymentSplitterSettings calldata _paymentSplitterSettings,
        uint256 _maxIntendedSupply,
        bool _allowBurning,
        address _deployer,
        address _operatorFilter
    ) public initializerERC721A initializer {
        __ERC721A_init(_name, _symbol);
        __Ownable_init();
        __PaymentSplitter_init(
            _paymentSplitterSettings.payees,
            _paymentSplitterSettings.shares
        );
        uint64 numPhases = uint64(_phases.length);
        uint256 supplyValidationCount = _baseSettings.maxSupply;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < numPhases; ) {
            saleState.phases[i] = _phases[i];
            supplyValidationCount += _phases[i].maxSupply;
            // numPhases has a maximum value of 2^64 - 1
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        require(
            supplyValidationCount == _maxIntendedSupply,
            "Supply of all phases must equal maxIntendedSupply"
        );
        _baseTokenURI = _baseUri;
        withdrawAddresses = _paymentSplitterSettings.payees;
        saleState.numPhases = numPhases;
        baseSettings = _baseSettings;
        allowBurning = _allowBurning;
        maxSupply = _maxIntendedSupply;
        _setDefaultRoyalty(
            _royaltySettings.royaltyAddress,
            _royaltySettings.royaltyAmount
        );
        transferOwnership(_deployer);
        OperatorFiltererUpgradeable.__OperatorFilterer_init(
            _operatorFilter,
            _operatorFilter == address(0) ? false : true // only subscribe if a filter is provided
        );
    }
    // ========= EXTERNAL MINTING METHODS =========
    /**
     * @notice Mint tokens for an allowlisted phase
     * @dev Calling this function for a phase that doesn't have an allowlist will fail
     */
    function mintPhaseAllowlist(
        uint256 phaseIndex,
        uint64 quantity,
        bytes32[] calldata proof
    ) external payable {
        uint64 updatedAmountMinted = _checkAllowlistPhaseMintConditions(
            msg.sender,
            quantity,
            proof,
            phaseIndex,
            msg.value
        );
        _checkGlobalPerWalletMax(msg.sender, quantity);
        saleState.phases[phaseIndex].amountMinted += quantity;
        amountMintedForPhase[msg.sender][phaseIndex] = updatedAmountMinted;
        _mint(msg.sender, quantity);
        emit TokensMinted(msg.sender, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Mint tokens for a non-allowlist phase.
     * @dev Calling this function for a phase that has an allowlist will fail
     */
    function mintPhase(uint256 phaseIndex, uint64 quantity) external payable {
        uint64 updatedAmountMinted = _checkPhaseMintConditions(
            msg.sender,
            quantity,
            phaseIndex,
            msg.value
        );
        _checkGlobalPerWalletMax(msg.sender, quantity);
        saleState.phases[phaseIndex].amountMinted += quantity;
        amountMintedForPhase[msg.sender][phaseIndex] = updatedAmountMinted;
        _mint(msg.sender, quantity);
        emit TokensMinted(msg.sender, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Mint tokens in the public sale
     */
    function mintPublic(uint64 quantity) external payable {
        uint64 updatedAmountMinted = _checkPublicMintConditions(
            quantity,
            msg.value
        );
        _checkGlobalPerWalletMax(msg.sender, quantity);
        baseSettings.amountMinted = updatedAmountMinted;
        _mint(msg.sender, quantity);
        emit TokensMinted(msg.sender, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Mint tokens in all possible phases (including public sale)
     */
    function mintBatch(
        uint64[] calldata quantities,
        bytes32[][] calldata proofs,
        uint256[] calldata phaseIndices,
        uint64 publicQuantity
    ) external payable {
        uint256 phaseLength = phaseIndices.length;
        if (
            phaseLength > saleState.numPhases ||
            phaseLength != quantities.length ||
            phaseLength != proofs.length
        ) {
            revert InvalidPhase();
        }
        uint256 balance = msg.value;
        uint256 quantityToMint;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < phaseLength; ) {
            uint64 updatedAmount;
            uint256 phaseIndex = phaseIndices[i];
            uint64 quantity = quantities[i];
            bytes32[] calldata proof = proofs[i];
            PhaseSettings storage phase = saleState.phases[phaseIndex];
            uint256 priceForPhase = phase.price * quantity;
            // Since price is strictly checked in the _check* functions below,
            // we have an additional check here to ensure that the balance doesn't underflow
            if (balance < priceForPhase) {
                revert InvalidPrice();
            }
            // if the phase has no allowlist, the merkleRoot will be zeroed out.
            if (phase.merkleRoot == bytes32(0)) {
                updatedAmount = _checkPhaseMintConditions(
                    msg.sender,
                    quantity,
                    phaseIndex,
                    priceForPhase
                );
            } else {
                updatedAmount = _checkAllowlistPhaseMintConditions(
                    msg.sender,
                    quantity,
                    proof,
                    phaseIndex,
                    priceForPhase
                );
            }
            // quantity & phaseLength have a maximum value of 2^64 - 1
            // balance underflow is checked above
            unchecked {
                saleState.phases[phaseIndex].amountMinted += quantity;
                amountMintedForPhase[msg.sender][phaseIndex] = updatedAmount;
                balance -= priceForPhase;
                quantityToMint += quantity;
                ++i;
            }
        }
        uint256 totalMintQuantity = quantityToMint;
        if (publicQuantity > 0) {
            _checkPublicMintConditions(publicQuantity, balance);
            // publicQuantity has a max value of 2^64 - 1
            unchecked {
                baseSettings.amountMinted += publicQuantity;
                totalMintQuantity += publicQuantity;
            }
        }
        _checkGlobalPerWalletMax(msg.sender, totalMintQuantity);
        _mint(msg.sender, totalMintQuantity);
        emit TokensMinted(msg.sender, totalMintQuantity);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Burn a token, if the contract allows for it
     */
    function burn(uint256 tokenId) external {
        if (!allowBurning) {
            revert BurningNotAllowed();
        }
        _burn(tokenId, true);
        emit TokenBurned(msg.sender, tokenId);
    }
    // ========= OWNER METHODS =========
    /**
     * @notice Perform a batch airdrop for a particular phase.
     * @dev Minted tokens are pulled from the phase that is specified in the airdropper.
     */
    function airdropForPhase(
        uint256 phaseIndex,
        uint64[] calldata quantities,
        address[] calldata recipients
    ) external onlyOwner {
        uint256 numRecipients = recipients.length;
        uint256 totalAirdropped;
        if (numRecipients != quantities.length) revert InvalidAirdrop();
        PhaseSettings storage phase = saleState.phases[phaseIndex];
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < numRecipients; ) {
            uint64 updatedAmountMinted = phase.amountMinted + quantities[i];
            if (updatedAmountMinted > phase.maxSupply) {
                revert SoldOut();
            }
            // airdrops are not subject to the per-wallet mint limits,
            // but we track how much is minted for the phase
            phase.amountMinted = updatedAmountMinted;
            totalAirdropped += quantities[i];
            _mint(recipients[i], quantities[i]);
            // numRecipients has a maximum value of 2^256 - 1
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        emit TokensAirdropped(numRecipients, totalAirdropped);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Perform a batch airdrop for the public phase.
     * @dev Minted tokens are pulled from the public phase.
     */
    function airdropPublic(
        uint64[] calldata quantities,
        address[] calldata recipients
    ) external onlyOwner {
        uint256 numRecipients = recipients.length;
        uint256 totalAirdropped;
        if (numRecipients != quantities.length) revert InvalidAirdrop();
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < numRecipients; ) {
            uint64 updatedAmountMinted = baseSettings.amountMinted +
                quantities[i];
            if (updatedAmountMinted > baseSettings.maxSupply) {
                revert SoldOut();
            }
            // airdrops are not subject to the per-wallet mint limits,
            // but we track how much is minted for the phase
            baseSettings.amountMinted = updatedAmountMinted;
            totalAirdropped += quantities[i];
            _mint(recipients[i], quantities[i]);
            // numRecipients has a maximum value of 2^256 - 1
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        emit TokensAirdropped(numRecipients, totalAirdropped);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Specify which phases are active.
     * Public sale can be activated by setting `activatePublic` to true.
     */
    function activatePhases(
        uint256[] calldata phaseIndices,
        bool activatePublic
    ) external onlyOwner {
        uint256 numPhases = phaseIndices.length;
        // activate all the phases provided in phaseIndices
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < numPhases; ) {
            uint256 phaseIndex = phaseIndices[i];
            if (phaseIndex >= saleState.numPhases) {
                // phaseIndex is out of bounds
                revert InvalidPhase();
            }
            saleState.phases[phaseIndices[i]].isActive = true;
            // numPhases has a maximum value of 2^256 - 1
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // calling this function with activatePublic=false only indicates the public sale
        // is not intended to be activated, but it does not pause it.
        if (activatePublic) {
            isPublicActive = true;
        }
        emit PhasesActivated(phaseIndices, activatePublic);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Specify which phases are inactive (paused).
     * Public sale can be paused by setting `pausePublic` to true.
     * Pausing is separate from ending, since ending permanently closes the phase.
     */
    function pausePhases(
        uint256[] calldata phaseIndices,
        bool pausePublic
    ) external onlyOwner {
        uint256 numPhases = phaseIndices.length;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < numPhases; ) {
            uint256 phaseIndex = phaseIndices[i];
            if (phaseIndex >= saleState.numPhases) {
                // phaseIndex is out of bounds
                revert InvalidPhase();
            }
            saleState.phases[phaseIndex].isActive = false;
            // numPhases has a maximum value of 2^256 - 1
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // calling this function with pausePublic=false only indicates the public sale
        // is not intended to be paused, but it does not pause it.
        if (pausePublic) {
            isPublicActive = false;
        }
        emit PhasesPaused(phaseIndices, pausePublic);
    }
    /**
     * @notice If enabled, the token can be burned, for approved operators.
     * @dev The burn method will revert unless this is enabled
     */
    function toggleBurning() external onlyOwner {
        allowBurning = !allowBurning;
        emit BurnStatusChanged(allowBurning);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Permanently closes a phase by capping the supply & releasing it
     */
    function endPhase(uint256 phaseIndex) public onlyOwner {
        PhaseSettings storage phase = saleState.phases[phaseIndex];
        // if the phase never had supply, there is nothing to do
        if (phase.maxSupply == 0) {
            revert InvalidPhase();
        }
        // transfer the remaining supply into the base settings (used for public sale accounting)
        baseSettings.maxSupply += phase.maxSupply - phase.amountMinted;
        // remove the supply from the phase
        phase.maxSupply = 0;
        emit PhaseEnded(phaseIndex);
    }
    function endPhases(uint64[] calldata phaseIndices) external onlyOwner {
        uint256 phaseIndicesLength = phaseIndices.length;
        // ensure that phaseIndices argument will only ever be as large as the number of phases
        if (phaseIndicesLength > saleState.numPhases) {
            revert InvalidPhase();
        }
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < phaseIndicesLength; ) {
            endPhase(phaseIndices[i]);
            // phaseIndicesLength has a maximum value of 2^256 - 1
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates the minting rules for a particular phase
     * @dev supply & amountMinted are not changeable
     */
    function updatePhaseSettings(
        uint256 phaseIndex,
        PhaseSettings calldata phase
    ) external onlyOwner {
        uint64 existingAmountMinted = saleState.phases[phaseIndex].amountMinted;
        uint64 existingMaxSupply = saleState.phases[phaseIndex].maxSupply;
        bool existingStatus = saleState.phases[phaseIndex].isActive;
        saleState.phases[phaseIndex] = phase;
        // ensure that the amountMinted, maxSupply, and status values cannot be set
        saleState.phases[phaseIndex].amountMinted = existingAmountMinted;
        saleState.phases[phaseIndex].maxSupply = existingMaxSupply;
        saleState.phases[phaseIndex].isActive = existingStatus;
        emit PhaseSettingsUpdated(phaseIndex, phase);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates the the base minting settings
     * The global maxPerWallet setting applies to all phases
     * Pricing and other fields will apply to the public sale
     *
     * @dev maxSupply & amountMinted are not changeable
     */
    function updateBaseSettings(
        BaseSettings calldata _baseSettings
    ) external onlyOwner {
        uint64 existingMaxSupply = baseSettings.maxSupply;
        uint64 existingAmountMinted = baseSettings.amountMinted;
        baseSettings = _baseSettings;
        // ensure that the maxSupply & amountMinted value cannot be set
        baseSettings.maxSupply = existingMaxSupply;
        baseSettings.amountMinted = existingAmountMinted;
        emit BaseSettingsUpdated(_baseSettings);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Payment can be pulled via PaymentSplitter.release
     * this method is provided for convenience to release all payee funds
     */
    function withdraw() external onlyOwner {
        uint256 numAddresses = withdrawAddresses.length;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < numAddresses; ) {
            address payable withdrawAddress = payable(withdrawAddresses[i]);
            if (releasable(withdrawAddress) > 0) {
                release(withdrawAddress);
            }
            // numAddresses has a maximum value of 2^256 - 1
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    function setBaseURI(string memory baseURI) external onlyOwner {
        _baseTokenURI = baseURI;
        emit BaseURIUpdated(baseURI);
    }
    function setRoyaltyInfo(
        address receiver,
        uint96 feeBasisPoints
    ) external onlyOwner {
        _setDefaultRoyalty(receiver, feeBasisPoints);
        emit RoyaltyUpdated(receiver, feeBasisPoints);
    }
    // ========= VIEW METHODS =========
    function _startTokenId() internal view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return 1;
    }
    function _checkAllowlistPhaseMintConditions(
        address wallet,
        uint64 quantity,
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        uint256 phaseIndex,
        uint256 balance
    ) internal view returns (uint64) {
        PhaseSettings storage phase = saleState.phases[phaseIndex];
        if (!phase.isActive) {
            revert PhaseNotActive();
        }
        // there should be a valid merkle root for the phase
        if (phase.merkleRoot == bytes32(0)) {
            revert InvalidMintFunction();
        }
        if (phase.amountMinted + quantity > phase.maxSupply) {
            revert SoldOut();
        }
        if (balance != quantity * phase.price) {
            revert InvalidPrice();
        }
        if (
            !MerkleProof.verify(
                proof,
                phase.merkleRoot,
                keccak256(abi.encodePacked(wallet))
            )
        ) {
            revert InvalidProof();
        }
        uint256 amountMinted = amountMintedForPhase[wallet][phaseIndex];
        uint256 updatedAmountMinted = amountMinted + quantity;
        // phases can have a maxPerWallet
        if (
            phase.maxPerWallet > 0 && updatedAmountMinted > phase.maxPerWallet
        ) {
            revert ExceedMaxPerWallet();
        }
        return uint64(updatedAmountMinted);
    }
    function _checkPhaseMintConditions(
        address wallet,
        uint256 quantity,
        uint256 phaseIndex,
        uint256 balance
    ) internal view returns (uint64) {
        PhaseSettings storage phase = saleState.phases[phaseIndex];
        if (!phase.isActive) {
            revert PhaseNotActive();
        }
        // the phase should not have a merkleRoot
        if (phase.merkleRoot != bytes32(0)) {
            revert InvalidMintFunction();
        }
        if (phase.amountMinted + quantity > phase.maxSupply) {
            revert SoldOut();
        }
        if (balance != quantity * phase.price) {
            revert InvalidPrice();
        }
        uint256 amountMinted = amountMintedForPhase[wallet][phaseIndex];
        uint256 updatedAmountMinted = amountMinted + quantity;
        // phases can have a maxPerWallet
        if (
            phase.maxPerWallet > 0 && updatedAmountMinted > phase.maxPerWallet
        ) {
            revert ExceedMaxPerWallet();
        }
        return uint64(updatedAmountMinted);
    }
    function _checkPublicMintConditions(
        uint256 quantity,
        uint256 balance
    ) internal view returns (uint64) {
        if (!isPublicActive) {
            revert PhaseNotActive();
        }
        uint256 updatedAmountMinted = baseSettings.amountMinted + quantity;
        if (updatedAmountMinted > baseSettings.maxSupply) {
            revert SoldOut();
        }
        if (balance != quantity * baseSettings.price) {
            revert InvalidPrice();
        }
        return uint64(updatedAmountMinted);
    }
    function _checkGlobalPerWalletMax(
        address wallet,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal view {
        if (
            baseSettings.maxPerWallet > 0 &&
            _numberMinted(wallet) + quantity > baseSettings.maxPerWallet
        ) {
            revert ExceedMaxPerWallet();
        }
    }
    function getDataForPhase(
        uint256 phaseIndex
    ) external view returns (PhaseSettings memory) {
        return saleState.phases[phaseIndex];
    }
    function getMintBalance(address wallet) external view returns (uint256) {
        return _numberMinted(wallet);
    }
    function getAmountMintedForPhase(
        uint256 phaseIndex,
        address wallet
    ) external view returns (uint64) {
        return amountMintedForPhase[wallet][phaseIndex];
    }
    function getAmountMintedForOwner(
        address wallet
    ) external view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        uint256[] memory amountMintedPerPhase = new uint256[](
            saleState.numPhases + 1
        );
        for (uint64 i = 0; i < saleState.numPhases; ) {
            amountMintedPerPhase[i] = amountMintedForPhase[wallet][i];
            // numPhases has a maximum value of 2^64 - 1
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        amountMintedPerPhase[saleState.numPhases] = _numberMinted(wallet);
        return amountMintedPerPhase;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ERC721-_baseURI}.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _baseTokenURI;
    }
    function supportsInterface(
        bytes4 interfaceId
    )
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(IERC721AUpgradeable, ERC721AUpgradeable, ERC2981Upgradeable)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return
            ERC721AUpgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
            ERC2981Upgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    // ========= OPERATOR FILTERER OVERRIDES =========
    function setApprovalForAll(
        address operator,
        bool approved
    )
        public
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
        onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(operator)
    {
        super.setApprovalForAll(operator, approved);
    }
    function approve(
        address operator,
        uint256 tokenId
    )
        public
        payable
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
        onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(operator)
    {
        super.approve(operator, tokenId);
    }
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    )
        public
        payable
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
        onlyAllowedOperator(from)
    {
        super.transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    )
        public
        payable
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
        onlyAllowedOperator(from)
    {
        super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    )
        public
        payable
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
        onlyAllowedOperator(from)
    {
        super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, data);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable diamond facet contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 */
import {ERC721A__InitializableStorage} from './ERC721A__InitializableStorage.sol';
abstract contract ERC721A__Initializable {
    using ERC721A__InitializableStorage for ERC721A__InitializableStorage.Layout;
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initializer function from being invoked twice.
     */
    modifier initializerERC721A() {
        // If the contract is initializing we ignore whether _initialized is set in order to support multiple
        // inheritance patterns, but we only do this in the context of a constructor, because in other contexts the
        // contract may have been reentered.
        require(
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing
                ? _isConstructor()
                : !ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initialized,
            'ERC721A__Initializable: contract is already initialized'
        );
        bool isTopLevelCall = !ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing = true;
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initialized = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing = false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} modifier, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializingERC721A() {
        require(
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing,
            'ERC721A__Initializable: contract is not initializing'
        );
        _;
    }
    /// @dev Returns true if and only if the function is running in the constructor
    function _isConstructor() private view returns (bool) {
        // extcodesize checks the size of the code stored in an address, and
        // address returns the current address. Since the code is still not
        // deployed when running a constructor, any checks on its code size will
        // yield zero, making it an effective way to detect if a contract is
        // under construction or not.
        address self = address(this);
        uint256 cs;
        assembly {
            cs := extcodesize(self)
        }
        return cs == 0;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This is a base storage for the  initialization function for upgradeable diamond facet contracts
 **/
library ERC721A__InitializableStorage {
    struct Layout {
        /*
         * Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
         */
        bool _initialized;
        /*
         * Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
         */
        bool _initializing;
    }
    bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256('ERC721A.contracts.storage.initializable.facet');
    function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
        bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
        assembly {
            l.slot := slot
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
library ERC721AStorage {
    // Bypass for a `--via-ir` bug (https://github.com/chiru-labs/ERC721A/pull/364).
    struct TokenApprovalRef {
        address value;
    }
    struct Layout {
        // =============================================================
        //                            STORAGE
        // =============================================================
        // The next token ID to be minted.
        uint256 _currentIndex;
        // The number of tokens burned.
        uint256 _burnCounter;
        // Token name
        string _name;
        // Token symbol
        string _symbol;
        // Mapping from token ID to ownership details
        // An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned.
        // See {_packedOwnershipOf} implementation for details.
        //
        // Bits Layout:
        // - [0..159]   `addr`
        // - [160..223] `startTimestamp`
        // - [224]      `burned`
        // - [225]      `nextInitialized`
        // - [232..255] `extraData`
        mapping(uint256 => uint256) _packedOwnerships;
        // Mapping owner address to address data.
        //
        // Bits Layout:
        // - [0..63]    `balance`
        // - [64..127]  `numberMinted`
        // - [128..191] `numberBurned`
        // - [192..255] `aux`
        mapping(address => uint256) _packedAddressData;
        // Mapping from token ID to approved address.
        mapping(uint256 => ERC721AStorage.TokenApprovalRef) _tokenApprovals;
        // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
        mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) _operatorApprovals;
    }
    bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256('ERC721A.contracts.storage.ERC721A');
    function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
        bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
        assembly {
            l.slot := slot
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import './IERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
import {ERC721AStorage} from './ERC721AStorage.sol';
import './ERC721A__Initializable.sol';
/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721 token receiver.
 */
interface ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable {
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
/**
 * @title ERC721A
 *
 * @dev Implementation of the [ERC721](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721)
 * Non-Fungible Token Standard, including the Metadata extension.
 * Optimized for lower gas during batch mints.
 *
 * Token IDs are minted in sequential order (e.g. 0, 1, 2, 3, ...)
 * starting from `_startTokenId()`.
 *
 * Assumptions:
 *
 * - An owner cannot have more than 2**64 - 1 (max value of uint64) of supply.
 * - The maximum token ID cannot exceed 2**256 - 1 (max value of uint256).
 */
contract ERC721AUpgradeable is ERC721A__Initializable, IERC721AUpgradeable {
    using ERC721AStorage for ERC721AStorage.Layout;
    // =============================================================
    //                           CONSTANTS
    // =============================================================
    // Mask of an entry in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY = (1 << 64) - 1;
    // The bit position of `numberMinted` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED = 64;
    // The bit position of `numberBurned` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED = 128;
    // The bit position of `aux` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_AUX = 192;
    // Mask of all 256 bits in packed address data except the 64 bits for `aux`.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 192) - 1;
    // The bit position of `startTimestamp` in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP = 160;
    // The bit mask of the `burned` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_BURNED = 1 << 224;
    // The bit position of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 225;
    // The bit mask of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 1 << 225;
    // The bit position of `extraData` in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA = 232;
    // Mask of all 256 bits in a packed ownership except the 24 bits for `extraData`.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 232) - 1;
    // The mask of the lower 160 bits for addresses.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS = (1 << 160) - 1;
    // The maximum `quantity` that can be minted with {_mintERC2309}.
    // This limit is to prevent overflows on the address data entries.
    // For a limit of 5000, a total of 3.689e15 calls to {_mintERC2309}
    // is required to cause an overflow, which is unrealistic.
    uint256 private constant _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT = 5000;
    // The `Transfer` event signature is given by:
    // `keccak256(bytes("Transfer(address,address,uint256)"))`.
    bytes32 private constant _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE =
        0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef;
    // =============================================================
    //                          CONSTRUCTOR
    // =============================================================
    function __ERC721A_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        __ERC721A_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
    }
    function __ERC721A_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._name = name_;
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._symbol = symbol_;
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = _startTokenId();
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                   TOKEN COUNTING OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the starting token ID.
     * To change the starting token ID, please override this function.
     */
    function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the next token ID to be minted.
     */
    function _nextTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
     * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
     * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented
        // more than `_currentIndex - _startTokenId()` times.
        unchecked {
            return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex - ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
     */
    function _totalMinted() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as `_currentIndex` does not decrement,
        // and it is initialized to `_startTokenId()`.
        unchecked {
            return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens burned.
     */
    function _totalBurned() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                    ADDRESS DATA OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        if (owner == address(0)) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`.
     */
    function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return
            (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`.
     */
    function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return
            (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     */
    function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) {
        return uint64(ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_AUX);
    }
    /**
     * Sets the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     * If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
     */
    function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal virtual {
        uint256 packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner];
        uint256 auxCasted;
        // Cast `aux` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
        assembly {
            auxCasted := aux
        }
        packed = (packed & _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT) | (auxCasted << _BITPOS_AUX);
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] = packed;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC165
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        // The interface IDs are constants representing the first 4 bytes
        // of the XOR of all function selectors in the interface.
        // See: [ERC165](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165)
        // (e.g. `bytes4(i.functionA.selector ^ i.functionB.selector ^ ...)`)
        return
            interfaceId == 0x01ffc9a7 || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC165.
            interfaceId == 0x80ac58cd || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721.
            interfaceId == 0x5b5e139f; // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721Metadata.
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        IERC721Metadata
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._name;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._symbol;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, _toString(tokenId))) : '';
    }
    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, it can be overridden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return '';
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                     OWNERSHIPS OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId)));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size.
     * It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around over time.
     */
    function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        return _unpackedOwnership(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct at `index`.
     */
    function _ownershipAt(uint256 index) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        return _unpackedOwnership(ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index]);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the ownership slot minted at `index` for efficiency purposes.
     */
    function _initializeOwnershipAt(uint256 index) internal virtual {
        if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] == 0) {
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] = _packedOwnershipOf(index);
        }
    }
    /**
     * Returns the packed ownership data of `tokenId`.
     */
    function _packedOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) private view returns (uint256 packed) {
        if (_startTokenId() <= tokenId) {
            packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId];
            // If not burned.
            if (packed & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0) {
                // If the data at the starting slot does not exist, start the scan.
                if (packed == 0) {
                    if (tokenId >= ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
                    // Invariant:
                    // There will always be an initialized ownership slot
                    // (i.e. `ownership.addr != address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
                    // before an unintialized ownership slot
                    // (i.e. `ownership.addr == address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
                    // Hence, `tokenId` will not underflow.
                    //
                    // We can directly compare the packed value.
                    // If the address is zero, packed will be zero.
                    for (;;) {
                        unchecked {
                            packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[--tokenId];
                        }
                        if (packed == 0) continue;
                        return packed;
                    }
                }
                // Otherwise, the data exists and is not burned. We can skip the scan.
                // This is possible because we have already achieved the target condition.
                // This saves 2143 gas on transfers of initialized tokens.
                return packed;
            }
        }
        revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct from `packed`.
     */
    function _unpackedOwnership(uint256 packed) private pure returns (TokenOwnership memory ownership) {
        ownership.addr = address(uint160(packed));
        ownership.startTimestamp = uint64(packed >> _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP);
        ownership.burned = packed & _BITMASK_BURNED != 0;
        ownership.extraData = uint24(packed >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Packs ownership data into a single uint256.
     */
    function _packOwnershipData(address owner, uint256 flags) private view returns (uint256 result) {
        assembly {
            // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // `owner | (block.timestamp << _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP) | flags`.
            result := or(owner, or(shl(_BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP, timestamp()), flags))
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the `nextInitialized` flag set if `quantity` equals 1.
     */
    function _nextInitializedFlag(uint256 quantity) private pure returns (uint256 result) {
        // For branchless setting of the `nextInitialized` flag.
        assembly {
            // `(quantity == 1) << _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED`.
            result := shl(_BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED, eq(quantity, 1))
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                      APPROVAL OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account. See {ERC721A-_approve}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public payable virtual override {
        _approve(to, tokenId, true);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId].value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
     * for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._operatorApprovals[_msgSenderERC721A()][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSenderERC721A(), operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted. See {_mint}.
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return
            _startTokenId() <= tokenId &&
            tokenId < ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex && // If within bounds,
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0; // and not burned.
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `msgSender` is equal to `approvedAddress` or `owner`.
     */
    function _isSenderApprovedOrOwner(
        address approvedAddress,
        address owner,
        address msgSender
    ) private pure returns (bool result) {
        assembly {
            // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // Mask `msgSender` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            msgSender := and(msgSender, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // `msgSender == owner || msgSender == approvedAddress`.
            result := or(eq(msgSender, owner), eq(msgSender, approvedAddress))
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the storage slot and value for the approved address of `tokenId`.
     */
    function _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(uint256 tokenId)
        private
        view
        returns (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress)
    {
        ERC721AStorage.TokenApprovalRef storage tokenApproval = ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId];
        // The following is equivalent to `approvedAddress = _tokenApprovals[tokenId].value`.
        assembly {
            approvedAddressSlot := tokenApproval.slot
            approvedAddress := sload(approvedAddressSlot)
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                      TRANSFER OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override {
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);
        if (address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked)) != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
        (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);
        // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
        if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
            if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        if (to == address(0)) revert TransferToZeroAddress();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
        assembly {
            if approvedAddress {
                // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
                sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
            }
        }
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // We can directly increment and decrement the balances.
            --ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[from]; // Updates: `balance -= 1`.
            ++ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to]; // Updates: `balance += 1`.
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the next owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of transfering.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED | _nextExtraData(from, to, prevOwnershipPacked)
            );
            // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
            if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                    // If the next slot is within bounds.
                    if (nextTokenId != ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) {
                        // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '');
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) public payable virtual override {
        transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
        if (to.code.length != 0)
            if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token IDs
     * are about to be transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called before burning one token.
     *
     * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
     * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token IDs
     * have been transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called after one token has been burned.
     *
     * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
     * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Private function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract.
     *
     * `from` - Previous owner of the given token ID.
     * `to` - Target address that will receive the token.
     * `tokenId` - Token ID to be transferred.
     * `_data` - Optional data to send along with the call.
     *
     * Returns whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value.
     */
    function _checkContractOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        try
            ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received(_msgSenderERC721A(), from, tokenId, _data)
        returns (bytes4 retval) {
            return retval == ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received.selector;
        } catch (bytes memory reason) {
            if (reason.length == 0) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            } else {
                assembly {
                    revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                }
            }
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        MINT OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        uint256 startTokenId = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // `balance` and `numberMinted` have a maximum limit of 2**64.
        // `tokenId` has a maximum limit of 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance += quantity`.
            // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
            //
            // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
            );
            uint256 toMasked;
            uint256 end = startTokenId + quantity;
            // Use assembly to loop and emit the `Transfer` event for gas savings.
            // The duplicated `log4` removes an extra check and reduces stack juggling.
            // The assembly, together with the surrounding Solidity code, have been
            // delicately arranged to nudge the compiler into producing optimized opcodes.
            assembly {
                // Mask `to` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
                toMasked := and(to, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
                // Emit the `Transfer` event.
                log4(
                    0, // Start of data (0, since no data).
                    0, // End of data (0, since no data).
                    _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, // Signature.
                    0, // `address(0)`.
                    toMasked, // `to`.
                    startTokenId // `tokenId`.
                )
                // The `iszero(eq(,))` check ensures that large values of `quantity`
                // that overflows uint256 will make the loop run out of gas.
                // The compiler will optimize the `iszero` away for performance.
                for {
                    let tokenId := add(startTokenId, 1)
                } iszero(eq(tokenId, end)) {
                    tokenId := add(tokenId, 1)
                } {
                    // Emit the `Transfer` event. Similar to above.
                    log4(0, 0, _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, 0, toMasked, tokenId)
                }
            }
            if (toMasked == 0) revert MintToZeroAddress();
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = end;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * This function is intended for efficient minting only during contract creation.
     *
     * It emits only one {ConsecutiveTransfer} as defined in
     * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309),
     * instead of a sequence of {Transfer} event(s).
     *
     * Calling this function outside of contract creation WILL make your contract
     * non-compliant with the ERC721 standard.
     * For full ERC721 compliance, substituting ERC721 {Transfer} event(s) with the ERC2309
     * {ConsecutiveTransfer} event is only permissible during contract creation.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {ConsecutiveTransfer} event.
     */
    function _mintERC2309(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        uint256 startTokenId = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        if (quantity > _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT) revert MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are unrealistic due to the above check for `quantity` to be below the limit.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance += quantity`.
            // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
            //
            // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
            );
            emit ConsecutiveTransfer(startTokenId, startTokenId + quantity - 1, address(0), to);
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = startTokenId + quantity;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * See {_mint}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 quantity,
        bytes memory _data
    ) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, quantity);
        unchecked {
            if (to.code.length != 0) {
                uint256 end = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
                uint256 index = end - quantity;
                do {
                    if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, index++, _data)) {
                        revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                    }
                } while (index < end);
                // Reentrancy protection.
                if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex != end) revert();
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_safeMint(to, quantity, '')`.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        _safeMint(to, quantity, '');
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                       APPROVAL OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_approve(to, tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _approve(to, tokenId, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
     * zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bool approvalCheck
    ) internal virtual {
        address owner = ownerOf(tokenId);
        if (approvalCheck)
            if (_msgSenderERC721A() != owner)
                if (!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSenderERC721A())) {
                    revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
                }
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId].value = to;
        emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        BURN OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_burn(tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _burn(tokenId, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual {
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);
        address from = address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked));
        (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);
        if (approvalCheck) {
            // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
            if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
                if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        }
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
        assembly {
            if approvedAddress {
                // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
                sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
            }
        }
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance -= 1`.
            // - `numberBurned += 1`.
            //
            // We can directly decrement the balance, and increment the number burned.
            // This is equivalent to `packed -= 1; packed += 1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED;`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[from] += (1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) - 1;
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the last owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of burning.
            // - `burned` to `true`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                from,
                (_BITMASK_BURNED | _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED) | _nextExtraData(from, address(0), prevOwnershipPacked)
            );
            // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
            if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                    // If the next slot is within bounds.
                    if (nextTokenId != ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) {
                        // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times.
        unchecked {
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter++;
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                     EXTRA DATA OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Directly sets the extra data for the ownership data `index`.
     */
    function _setExtraDataAt(uint256 index, uint24 extraData) internal virtual {
        uint256 packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index];
        if (packed == 0) revert OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
        uint256 extraDataCasted;
        // Cast `extraData` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
        assembly {
            extraDataCasted := extraData
        }
        packed = (packed & _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT) | (extraDataCasted << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] = packed;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Called during each token transfer to set the 24bit `extraData` field.
     * Intended to be overridden by the cosumer contract.
     *
     * `previousExtraData` - the value of `extraData` before transfer.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _extraData(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint24 previousExtraData
    ) internal view virtual returns (uint24) {}
    /**
     * @dev Returns the next extra data for the packed ownership data.
     * The returned result is shifted into position.
     */
    function _nextExtraData(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked
    ) private view returns (uint256) {
        uint24 extraData = uint24(prevOwnershipPacked >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
        return uint256(_extraData(from, to, extraData)) << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                       OTHER OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the message sender (defaults to `msg.sender`).
     *
     * If you are writing GSN compatible contracts, you need to override this function.
     */
    function _msgSenderERC721A() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a uint256 to its ASCII string decimal representation.
     */
    function _toString(uint256 value) internal pure virtual returns (string memory str) {
        assembly {
            // The maximum value of a uint256 contains 78 digits (1 byte per digit), but
            // we allocate 0xa0 bytes to keep the free memory pointer 32-byte word aligned.
            // We will need 1 word for the trailing zeros padding, 1 word for the length,
            // and 3 words for a maximum of 78 digits. Total: 5 * 0x20 = 0xa0.
            let m := add(mload(0x40), 0xa0)
            // Update the free memory pointer to allocate.
            mstore(0x40, m)
            // Assign the `str` to the end.
            str := sub(m, 0x20)
            // Zeroize the slot after the string.
            mstore(str, 0)
            // Cache the end of the memory to calculate the length later.
            let end := str
            // We write the string from rightmost digit to leftmost digit.
            // The following is essentially a do-while loop that also handles the zero case.
            // prettier-ignore
            for { let temp := value } 1 {} {
                str := sub(str, 1)
                // Write the character to the pointer.
                // The ASCII index of the '0' character is 48.
                mstore8(str, add(48, mod(temp, 10)))
                // Keep dividing `temp` until zero.
                temp := div(temp, 10)
                // prettier-ignore
                if iszero(temp) { break }
            }
            let length := sub(end, str)
            // Move the pointer 32 bytes leftwards to make room for the length.
            str := sub(str, 0x20)
            // Store the length.
            mstore(str, length)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import './IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable.sol';
import '../ERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
import '../ERC721A__Initializable.sol';
/**
 * @title ERC721AQueryable.
 *
 * @dev ERC721A subclass with convenience query functions.
 */
abstract contract ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable is
    ERC721A__Initializable,
    ERC721AUpgradeable,
    IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable
{
    function __ERC721AQueryable_init() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        __ERC721AQueryable_init_unchained();
    }
    function __ERC721AQueryable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {}
    /**
     * @dev Returns the `TokenOwnership` struct at `tokenId` without reverting.
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is out of bounds:
     *
     * - `addr = address(0)`
     * - `startTimestamp = 0`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = 0`
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is burned:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner before token was burned>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp when token was burned>`
     * - `burned = true`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data when token was burned>`
     *
     * Otherwise:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp of start of ownership>`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data at start of ownership>`
     */
    function explicitOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        TokenOwnership memory ownership;
        if (tokenId < _startTokenId() || tokenId >= _nextTokenId()) {
            return ownership;
        }
        ownership = _ownershipAt(tokenId);
        if (ownership.burned) {
            return ownership;
        }
        return _ownershipOf(tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of `TokenOwnership` structs at `tokenIds` in order.
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-explicitOwnershipOf}
     */
    function explicitOwnershipsOf(uint256[] calldata tokenIds)
        external
        view
        virtual
        override
        returns (TokenOwnership[] memory)
    {
        unchecked {
            uint256 tokenIdsLength = tokenIds.length;
            TokenOwnership[] memory ownerships = new TokenOwnership[](tokenIdsLength);
            for (uint256 i; i != tokenIdsLength; ++i) {
                ownerships[i] = explicitOwnershipOf(tokenIds[i]);
            }
            return ownerships;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`,
     * in the range [`start`, `stop`)
     * (i.e. `start <= tokenId < stop`).
     *
     * This function allows for tokens to be queried if the collection
     * grows too big for a single call of {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwner}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `start < stop`
     */
    function tokensOfOwnerIn(
        address owner,
        uint256 start,
        uint256 stop
    ) external view virtual override returns (uint256[] memory) {
        unchecked {
            if (start >= stop) revert InvalidQueryRange();
            uint256 tokenIdsIdx;
            uint256 stopLimit = _nextTokenId();
            // Set `start = max(start, _startTokenId())`.
            if (start < _startTokenId()) {
                start = _startTokenId();
            }
            // Set `stop = min(stop, stopLimit)`.
            if (stop > stopLimit) {
                stop = stopLimit;
            }
            uint256 tokenIdsMaxLength = balanceOf(owner);
            // Set `tokenIdsMaxLength = min(balanceOf(owner), stop - start)`,
            // to cater for cases where `balanceOf(owner)` is too big.
            if (start < stop) {
                uint256 rangeLength = stop - start;
                if (rangeLength < tokenIdsMaxLength) {
                    tokenIdsMaxLength = rangeLength;
                }
            } else {
                tokenIdsMaxLength = 0;
            }
            uint256[] memory tokenIds = new uint256[](tokenIdsMaxLength);
            if (tokenIdsMaxLength == 0) {
                return tokenIds;
            }
            // We need to call `explicitOwnershipOf(start)`,
            // because the slot at `start` may not be initialized.
            TokenOwnership memory ownership = explicitOwnershipOf(start);
            address currOwnershipAddr;
            // If the starting slot exists (i.e. not burned), initialize `currOwnershipAddr`.
            // `ownership.address` will not be zero, as `start` is clamped to the valid token ID range.
            if (!ownership.burned) {
                currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr;
            }
            for (uint256 i = start; i != stop && tokenIdsIdx != tokenIdsMaxLength; ++i) {
                ownership = _ownershipAt(i);
                if (ownership.burned) {
                    continue;
                }
                if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                    currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr;
                }
                if (currOwnershipAddr == owner) {
                    tokenIds[tokenIdsIdx++] = i;
                }
            }
            // Downsize the array to fit.
            assembly {
                mstore(tokenIds, tokenIdsIdx)
            }
            return tokenIds;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`.
     *
     * This function scans the ownership mapping and is O(`totalSupply`) in complexity.
     * It is meant to be called off-chain.
     *
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwnerIn} for splitting the scan into
     * multiple smaller scans if the collection is large enough to cause
     * an out-of-gas error (10K collections should be fine).
     */
    function tokensOfOwner(address owner) external view virtual override returns (uint256[] memory) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 tokenIdsIdx;
            address currOwnershipAddr;
            uint256 tokenIdsLength = balanceOf(owner);
            uint256[] memory tokenIds = new uint256[](tokenIdsLength);
            TokenOwnership memory ownership;
            for (uint256 i = _startTokenId(); tokenIdsIdx != tokenIdsLength; ++i) {
                ownership = _ownershipAt(i);
                if (ownership.burned) {
                    continue;
                }
                if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                    currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr;
                }
                if (currOwnershipAddr == owner) {
                    tokenIds[tokenIdsIdx++] = i;
                }
            }
            return tokenIds;
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import '../IERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721AQueryable.
 */
interface IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable is IERC721AUpgradeable {
    /**
     * Invalid query range (`start` >= `stop`).
     */
    error InvalidQueryRange();
    /**
     * @dev Returns the `TokenOwnership` struct at `tokenId` without reverting.
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is out of bounds:
     *
     * - `addr = address(0)`
     * - `startTimestamp = 0`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = 0`
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is burned:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner before token was burned>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp when token was burned>`
     * - `burned = true`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data when token was burned>`
     *
     * Otherwise:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp of start of ownership>`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data at start of ownership>`
     */
    function explicitOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (TokenOwnership memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of `TokenOwnership` structs at `tokenIds` in order.
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-explicitOwnershipOf}
     */
    function explicitOwnershipsOf(uint256[] memory tokenIds) external view returns (TokenOwnership[] memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`,
     * in the range [`start`, `stop`)
     * (i.e. `start <= tokenId < stop`).
     *
     * This function allows for tokens to be queried if the collection
     * grows too big for a single call of {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwner}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `start < stop`
     */
    function tokensOfOwnerIn(
        address owner,
        uint256 start,
        uint256 stop
    ) external view returns (uint256[] memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`.
     *
     * This function scans the ownership mapping and is O(`totalSupply`) in complexity.
     * It is meant to be called off-chain.
     *
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwnerIn} for splitting the scan into
     * multiple smaller scans if the collection is large enough to cause
     * an out-of-gas error (10K collections should be fine).
     */
    function tokensOfOwner(address owner) external view returns (uint256[] memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721A.
 */
interface IERC721AUpgradeable {
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * Cannot query the balance for the zero address.
     */
    error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
    /**
     * Cannot mint to the zero address.
     */
    error MintToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero.
     */
    error MintZeroQuantity();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token must be owned by `from`.
     */
    error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
    /**
     * Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the
     * ERC721Receiver interface.
     */
    error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
    /**
     * Cannot transfer to the zero address.
     */
    error TransferToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The `quantity` minted with ERC2309 exceeds the safety limit.
     */
    error MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();
    /**
     * The `extraData` cannot be set on an unintialized ownership slot.
     */
    error OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
    // =============================================================
    //                            STRUCTS
    // =============================================================
    struct TokenOwnership {
        // The address of the owner.
        address addr;
        // Stores the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 startTimestamp;
        // Whether the token has been burned.
        bool burned;
        // Arbitrary data similar to `startTimestamp` that can be set via {_extraData}.
        uint24 extraData;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                         TOKEN COUNTERS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
     * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
     * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC165
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC721
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables
     * (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`,
     * checking first that contract recipients are aware of the ERC721 protocol
     * to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move
     * this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom}
     * whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
     * zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
     * for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    // =============================================================
    //                        IERC721Metadata
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
    // =============================================================
    //                           IERC2309
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when tokens in `fromTokenId` to `toTokenId`
     * (inclusive) is transferred from `from` to `to`, as defined in the
     * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309) standard.
     *
     * See {_mintERC2309} for more details.
     */
    event ConsecutiveTransfer(uint256 indexed fromTokenId, uint256 toTokenId, address indexed from, address indexed to);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
interface IOperatorFilterRegistry {
    function isOperatorAllowed(address registrant, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    function register(address registrant) external;
    function registerAndSubscribe(address registrant, address subscription) external;
    function registerAndCopyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
    function unregister(address addr) external;
    function updateOperator(address registrant, address operator, bool filtered) external;
    function updateOperators(address registrant, address[] calldata operators, bool filtered) external;
    function updateCodeHash(address registrant, bytes32 codehash, bool filtered) external;
    function updateCodeHashes(address registrant, bytes32[] calldata codeHashes, bool filtered) external;
    function subscribe(address registrant, address registrantToSubscribe) external;
    function unsubscribe(address registrant, bool copyExistingEntries) external;
    function subscriptionOf(address addr) external returns (address registrant);
    function subscribers(address registrant) external returns (address[] memory);
    function subscriberAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
    function copyEntriesOf(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
    function isOperatorFiltered(address registrant, address operator) external returns (bool);
    function isCodeHashOfFiltered(address registrant, address operatorWithCode) external returns (bool);
    function isCodeHashFiltered(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash) external returns (bool);
    function filteredOperators(address addr) external returns (address[] memory);
    function filteredCodeHashes(address addr) external returns (bytes32[] memory);
    function filteredOperatorAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
    function filteredCodeHashAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (bytes32);
    function isRegistered(address addr) external returns (bool);
    function codeHashOf(address addr) external returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {IOperatorFilterRegistry} from "../IOperatorFilterRegistry.sol";
import {Initializable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
abstract contract OperatorFiltererUpgradeable is Initializable {
    error OperatorNotAllowed(address operator);
    IOperatorFilterRegistry constant operatorFilterRegistry =
        IOperatorFilterRegistry(0x000000000000AAeB6D7670E522A718067333cd4E);
    function __OperatorFilterer_init(address subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy, bool subscribe)
        internal
        onlyInitializing
    {
        // If an inheriting token contract is deployed to a network without the registry deployed, the modifier
        // will not revert, but the contract will need to be registered with the registry once it is deployed in
        // order for the modifier to filter addresses.
        if (address(operatorFilterRegistry).code.length > 0) {
            if (!operatorFilterRegistry.isRegistered(address(this))) {
                if (subscribe) {
                    operatorFilterRegistry.registerAndSubscribe(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
                } else {
                    if (subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy != address(0)) {
                        operatorFilterRegistry.registerAndCopyEntries(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
                    } else {
                        operatorFilterRegistry.register(address(this));
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }
    modifier onlyAllowedOperator(address from) virtual {
        // Check registry code length to facilitate testing in environments without a deployed registry.
        if (address(operatorFilterRegistry).code.length > 0) {
            // Allow spending tokens from addresses with balance
            // Note that this still allows listings and marketplaces with escrow to transfer tokens if transferred
            // from an EOA.
            if (from == msg.sender) {
                _;
                return;
            }
            if (!operatorFilterRegistry.isOperatorAllowed(address(this), msg.sender)) {
                revert OperatorNotAllowed(msg.sender);
            }
        }
        _;
    }
    modifier onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(address operator) virtual {
        // Check registry code length to facilitate testing in environments without a deployed registry.
        if (address(operatorFilterRegistry).code.length > 0) {
            if (!operatorFilterRegistry.isOperatorAllowed(address(this), operator)) {
                revert OperatorNotAllowed(operator);
            }
        }
        _;
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
import { Ownable2StepUpgradeable } from "lib/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/contracts/access/Ownable2StepUpgradeable.sol";
import { UUPSUpgradeable } from "lib/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/contracts/proxy/utils/UUPSUpgradeable.sol";
import { Executor } from "./Executor.sol";
import "./lib/Constants.sol";
import {
    TakeAsk,
    TakeBid,
    TakeAskSingle,
    TakeBidSingle,
    Order,
    Exchange,
    Fees,
    FeeRate,
    AssetType,
    OrderType,
    Transfer,
    FungibleTransfers,
    StateUpdate,
    AtomicExecution,
    Cancel,
    Listing
} from "./lib/Structs.sol";
import { IBlurExchangeV2 } from "./interfaces/IBlurExchangeV2.sol";
import { ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable } from "./lib/ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable.sol";
contract BlurExchangeV2 is
    IBlurExchangeV2,
    Ownable2StepUpgradeable,
    UUPSUpgradeable,
    ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable,
    Executor
{
    address public governor;
    // required by the OZ UUPS module
    function _authorizeUpgrade(address) internal override onlyOwner {}
    constructor(address delegate, address pool, address proxy) Executor(delegate, pool, proxy) {
        _disableInitializers();
    }
    function initialize() external initializer {
        __UUPSUpgradeable_init();
        __Ownable_init();
        __Reentrancy_init();
        verifyDomain();
    }
    modifier onlyGovernor() {
        if (msg.sender != governor) {
            revert Unauthorized();
        }
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Governor only function to set the protocol fee rate and recipient
     * @param recipient Protocol fee recipient
     * @param rate Protocol fee rate
     */
    function setProtocolFee(address recipient, uint16 rate) external onlyGovernor {
        if (rate > _MAX_PROTOCOL_FEE_RATE) {
            revert ProtocolFeeTooHigh();
        }
        protocolFee = FeeRate(recipient, rate);
        emit NewProtocolFee(recipient, rate);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Admin only function to set the governor of the exchange
     * @param _governor Address of governor to set
     */
    function setGovernor(address _governor) external onlyOwner {
        governor = _governor;
        emit NewGovernor(_governor);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Admin only function to grant or revoke the approval of an oracle
     * @param oracle Address to set approval of
     * @param approved If the oracle should be approved or not
     */
    function setOracle(address oracle, bool approved) external onlyOwner {
        if (approved) {
            oracles[oracle] = 1;
        } else {
            oracles[oracle] = 0;
        }
        emit SetOracle(oracle, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Admin only function to set the block range
     * @param _blockRange Block range that oracle signatures are valid for
     */
    function setBlockRange(uint256 _blockRange) external onlyOwner {
        blockRange = _blockRange;
        emit NewBlockRange(_blockRange);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Cancel listings by recording their fulfillment
     * @param cancels List of cancels to execute
     */
    function cancelTrades(Cancel[] memory cancels) external {
        uint256 cancelsLength = cancels.length;
        for (uint256 i; i < cancelsLength; ) {
            Cancel memory cancel = cancels[i];
            amountTaken[msg.sender][cancel.hash][cancel.index] += cancel.amount;
            emit CancelTrade(msg.sender, cancel.hash, cancel.index, cancel.amount);
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Cancels all orders by incrementing caller nonce
     */
    function incrementNonce() external {
        emit NonceIncremented(msg.sender, ++nonces[msg.sender]);
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                          EXECUTION WRAPPERS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     * @notice Wrapper of _takeAsk that verifies an oracle signature of the calldata before executing
     * @param inputs Inputs for _takeAsk
     * @param oracleSignature Oracle signature of inputs
     */
    function takeAsk(
        TakeAsk memory inputs,
        bytes calldata oracleSignature
    )
        public
        payable
        nonReentrant
        verifyOracleSignature(_hashCalldata(msg.sender), oracleSignature)
    {
        _takeAsk(
            inputs.orders,
            inputs.exchanges,
            inputs.takerFee,
            inputs.signatures,
            inputs.tokenRecipient
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Wrapper of _takeBid that verifies an oracle signature of the calldata before executing
     * @param inputs Inputs for _takeBid
     * @param oracleSignature Oracle signature of inputs
     */
    function takeBid(
        TakeBid memory inputs,
        bytes calldata oracleSignature
    ) public verifyOracleSignature(_hashCalldata(msg.sender), oracleSignature) {
        _takeBid(inputs.orders, inputs.exchanges, inputs.takerFee, inputs.signatures);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Wrapper of _takeAskSingle that verifies an oracle signature of the calldata before executing
     * @param inputs Inputs for _takeAskSingle
     * @param oracleSignature Oracle signature of inputs
     */
    function takeAskSingle(
        TakeAskSingle memory inputs,
        bytes calldata oracleSignature
    )
        public
        payable
        nonReentrant
        verifyOracleSignature(_hashCalldata(msg.sender), oracleSignature)
    {
        _takeAskSingle(
            inputs.order,
            inputs.exchange,
            inputs.takerFee,
            inputs.signature,
            inputs.tokenRecipient
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Wrapper of _takeBidSingle that verifies an oracle signature of the calldata before executing
     * @param inputs Inputs for _takeBidSingle
     * @param oracleSignature Oracle signature of inputs
     */
    function takeBidSingle(
        TakeBidSingle memory inputs,
        bytes calldata oracleSignature
    ) external verifyOracleSignature(_hashCalldata(msg.sender), oracleSignature) {
        _takeBidSingle(inputs.order, inputs.exchange, inputs.takerFee, inputs.signature);
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        EXECUTION POOL WRAPPERS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     * @notice Wrapper of takeAskSingle that withdraws ETH from the caller's pool balance prior to executing
     * @param inputs Inputs for takeAskSingle
     * @param oracleSignature Oracle signature of inputs
     * @param amountToWithdraw Amount of ETH to withdraw from the pool
     */
    function takeAskSinglePool(
        TakeAskSingle memory inputs,
        bytes calldata oracleSignature,
        uint256 amountToWithdraw
    ) external payable {
        _withdrawFromPool(msg.sender, amountToWithdraw);
        takeAskSingle(inputs, oracleSignature);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Wrapper of takeAsk that withdraws ETH from the caller's pool balance prior to executing
     * @param inputs Inputs for takeAsk
     * @param oracleSignature Oracle signature of inputs
     * @param amountToWithdraw Amount of ETH to withdraw from the pool
     */
    function takeAskPool(
        TakeAsk memory inputs,
        bytes calldata oracleSignature,
        uint256 amountToWithdraw
    ) external payable {
        _withdrawFromPool(msg.sender, amountToWithdraw);
        takeAsk(inputs, oracleSignature);
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                          EXECUTION FUNCTIONS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     * @notice Take a single ask
     * @param order Order of listing to fulfill
     * @param exchange Exchange struct indicating the listing to take and the parameters to match it with
     * @param takerFee Taker fee to be taken
     * @param signature Order signature
     * @param tokenRecipient Address to receive the token transfer
     */
    function _takeAskSingle(
        Order memory order,
        Exchange memory exchange,
        FeeRate memory takerFee,
        bytes memory signature,
        address tokenRecipient
    ) internal {
        Fees memory fees = Fees(protocolFee, takerFee);
        Listing memory listing = exchange.listing;
        uint256 takerAmount = exchange.taker.amount;
        /* Validate the order and listing, revert if not. */
        if (!_validateOrderAndListing(order, OrderType.ASK, exchange, signature, fees)) {
            revert InvalidOrder();
        }
        /* Create single execution batch and insert the transfer. */
        bytes memory executionBatch = _initializeSingleExecution(
            order,
            OrderType.ASK,
            listing.tokenId,
            takerAmount,
            tokenRecipient
        );
        /* Set the fulfillment of the order. */
        unchecked {
            amountTaken[order.trader][bytes32(order.salt)][listing.index] += takerAmount;
        }
        /* Execute the token transfers, revert if not successful. */
        {
            bool[] memory successfulTransfers = _executeNonfungibleTransfers(executionBatch, 1);
            if (!successfulTransfers[0]) {
                revert TokenTransferFailed();
            }
        }
        (
            uint256 totalPrice,
            uint256 protocolFeeAmount,
            uint256 makerFeeAmount,
            uint256 takerFeeAmount
        ) = _computeFees(listing.price, takerAmount, order.makerFee, fees);
        /* If there are insufficient funds to cover the price with the fees, revert. */
        unchecked {
            if (address(this).balance < totalPrice + takerFeeAmount) {
                revert InsufficientFunds();
            }
        }
        /* Execute ETH transfers. */
        _transferETH(fees.protocolFee.recipient, protocolFeeAmount);
        _transferETH(fees.takerFee.recipient, takerFeeAmount);
        _transferETH(order.makerFee.recipient, makerFeeAmount);
        unchecked {
            _transferETH(order.trader, totalPrice - makerFeeAmount - protocolFeeAmount);
        }
        _emitExecutionEvent(executionBatch, order, listing.index, totalPrice, fees, OrderType.ASK);
        /* Return dust. */
        _transferETH(msg.sender, address(this).balance);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Take a single bid
     * @param order Order of listing to fulfill
     * @param exchange Exchange struct indicating the listing to take and the parameters to match it with
     * @param takerFee Taker fee to be taken
     * @param signature Order signature
     */
    function _takeBidSingle(
        Order memory order,
        Exchange memory exchange,
        FeeRate memory takerFee,
        bytes memory signature
    ) internal {
        Fees memory fees = Fees(protocolFee, takerFee);
        Listing memory listing = exchange.listing;
        uint256 takerAmount = exchange.taker.amount;
        /* Validate the order and listing, revert if not. */
        if (!_validateOrderAndListing(order, OrderType.BID, exchange, signature, fees)) {
            revert InvalidOrder();
        }
        /* Create single execution batch and insert the transfer. */
        bytes memory executionBatch = _initializeSingleExecution(
            order,
            OrderType.BID,
            exchange.taker.tokenId,
            takerAmount,
            msg.sender
        );
        /* Execute the token transfers, revert if not successful. */
        {
            bool[] memory successfulTransfers = _executeNonfungibleTransfers(executionBatch, 1);
            if (!successfulTransfers[0]) {
                revert TokenTransferFailed();
            }
        }
        (
            uint256 totalPrice,
            uint256 protocolFeeAmount,
            uint256 makerFeeAmount,
            uint256 takerFeeAmount
        ) = _computeFees(listing.price, takerAmount, order.makerFee, fees);
        /* Execute pool transfers and set the fulfillment of the order. */
        address trader = order.trader;
        _transferPool(trader, order.makerFee.recipient, makerFeeAmount);
        _transferPool(trader, fees.takerFee.recipient, takerFeeAmount);
        _transferPool(trader, fees.protocolFee.recipient, protocolFeeAmount);
        unchecked {
            _transferPool(trader, msg.sender, totalPrice - takerFeeAmount - protocolFeeAmount);
            amountTaken[trader][bytes32(order.salt)][listing.index] += exchange.taker.amount;
        }
        _emitExecutionEvent(executionBatch, order, listing.index, totalPrice, fees, OrderType.BID);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Take multiple asks; efficiently verifying and executing the transfers in bulk
     * @param orders List of orders
     * @param exchanges List of exchanges indicating the listing to take and the parameters to match it with
     * @param takerFee Taker fee to be taken on each exchange
     * @param signatures Bytes array of order signatures
     * @param tokenRecipient Address to receive the tokens purchased
     */
    function _takeAsk(
        Order[] memory orders,
        Exchange[] memory exchanges,
        FeeRate memory takerFee,
        bytes memory signatures,
        address tokenRecipient
    ) internal {
        Fees memory fees = Fees(protocolFee, takerFee);
        /**
         * Validate all the orders potentially used in the execution and
         * initialize the arrays for pending fulfillments.
         */
        (bool[] memory validOrders, uint256[][] memory pendingAmountTaken) = _validateOrders(
            orders,
            OrderType.ASK,
            signatures,
            fees
        );
        uint256 exchangesLength = exchanges.length;
        /* Initialize the execution batch structs. */
        (
            bytes memory executionBatch,
            FungibleTransfers memory fungibleTransfers
        ) = _initializeBatch(exchangesLength, OrderType.ASK, tokenRecipient);
        Order memory order;
        Exchange memory exchange;
        uint256 remainingETH = address(this).balance;
        for (uint256 i; i < exchangesLength; ) {
            exchange = exchanges[i];
            order = orders[exchange.index];
            /* Check the listing and exchange is valid and its parent order has already been validated. */
            if (
                _validateListingFromBatch(
                    order,
                    OrderType.ASK,
                    exchange,
                    validOrders,
                    pendingAmountTaken
                )
            ) {
                /* Insert the transfers into the batch. */
                bool inserted;
                (remainingETH, inserted) = _insertExecutionAsk(
                    executionBatch,
                    fungibleTransfers,
                    order,
                    exchange,
                    fees,
                    remainingETH
                );
                if (inserted) {
                    unchecked {
                        pendingAmountTaken[exchange.index][exchange.listing.index] += exchange
                            .taker
                            .amount;
                    }
                }
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        /* Execute all transfers. */
        _executeBatchTransfer(executionBatch, fungibleTransfers, fees, OrderType.ASK);
        /* Return dust. */
        _transferETH(msg.sender, address(this).balance);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Take multiple bids; efficiently verifying and executing the transfers in bulk
     * @param orders List of orders
     * @param exchanges List of exchanges indicating the listing to take and the parameters to match it with
     * @param takerFee Taker fee to be taken on each exchange
     * @param signatures Bytes array of order signatures
     */
    function _takeBid(
        Order[] memory orders,
        Exchange[] memory exchanges,
        FeeRate memory takerFee,
        bytes memory signatures
    ) internal {
        Fees memory fees = Fees(protocolFee, takerFee);
        /**
         * Validate all the orders potentially used in the execution and
         * initialize the arrays for pending fulfillments.
         */
        (bool[] memory validOrders, uint256[][] memory pendingAmountTaken) = _validateOrders(
            orders,
            OrderType.BID,
            signatures,
            fees
        );
        uint256 exchangesLength = exchanges.length;
        /* Initialize the execution batch structs. */
        (
            bytes memory executionBatch,
            FungibleTransfers memory fungibleTransfers
        ) = _initializeBatch(exchangesLength, OrderType.BID, msg.sender);
        Order memory order;
        Exchange memory exchange;
        for (uint256 i; i < exchangesLength; ) {
            exchange = exchanges[i];
            order = orders[exchange.index];
            /* Check the listing and exchange is valid and its parent order has already been validated. */
            if (
                _validateListingFromBatch(
                    order,
                    OrderType.BID,
                    exchange,
                    validOrders,
                    pendingAmountTaken
                )
            ) {
                /* Insert the transfers into the batch. */
                _insertExecutionBid(executionBatch, fungibleTransfers, order, exchange, fees);
                /* Record the pending fulfillment. */
                unchecked {
                    pendingAmountTaken[exchange.index][exchange.listing.index] += exchange
                        .taker
                        .amount;
                }
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        /* Execute all transfers. */
        _executeBatchTransfer(executionBatch, fungibleTransfers, fees, OrderType.BID);
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                          EXECUTION HELPERS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     * @notice Initialize the ExecutionBatch and FungibleTransfers objects for bulk execution
     * @param exchangesLength Number of exchanges
     * @param orderType Order type
     * @param taker Order taker address
     */
    function _initializeBatch(
        uint256 exchangesLength,
        OrderType orderType,
        address taker
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes memory executionBatch, FungibleTransfers memory fungibleTransfers)
    {
        /* Initialize the batch. Constructing it manually in calldata packing allows for cheaper delegate execution. */
        uint256 arrayLength = Transfer_size * exchangesLength + One_word;
        uint256 executionBatchLength = ExecutionBatch_base_size + arrayLength;
        executionBatch = new bytes(executionBatchLength);
        assembly {
            let calldataPointer := add(executionBatch, ExecutionBatch_calldata_offset)
            mstore(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_taker_offset), taker)
            mstore(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_orderType_offset), orderType)
            mstore(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_transfers_pointer_offset), ExecutionBatch_transfers_offset) // set the transfers pointer
            mstore(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_transfers_offset), exchangesLength) // set the length of the transfers array
        }
        /* Initialize the fungible transfers object. */
        AtomicExecution[] memory executions = new AtomicExecution[](exchangesLength);
        address[] memory feeRecipients = new address[](exchangesLength);
        address[] memory makers = new address[](exchangesLength);
        uint256[] memory makerTransfers = new uint256[](exchangesLength);
        uint256[] memory feeTransfers = new uint256[](exchangesLength);
        fungibleTransfers = FungibleTransfers({
            totalProtocolFee: 0,
            totalSellerTransfer: 0,
            totalTakerFee: 0,
            feeRecipientId: 0,
            feeRecipients: feeRecipients,
            makerId: 0,
            makers: makers,
            feeTransfers: feeTransfers,
            makerTransfers: makerTransfers,
            executions: executions
        });
    }
    /**
     * @notice Initialize the ExecutionBatch object for a single execution
     * @param order Order to take a Listing from
     * @param orderType Order type
     * @param tokenId Token id
     * @param amount ERC721/ERC1155 amount
     * @param taker Order taker address
     */
    function _initializeSingleExecution(
        Order memory order,
        OrderType orderType,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 amount,
        address taker
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory executionBatch) {
        /* Initialize the batch. Constructing it manually in calldata packing allows for cheaper delegate execution. */
        uint256 arrayLength = Transfer_size + One_word;
        uint256 executionBatchLength = ExecutionBatch_base_size + arrayLength;
        executionBatch = new bytes(executionBatchLength);
        assembly {
            let calldataPointer := add(executionBatch, ExecutionBatch_calldata_offset)
            mstore(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_taker_offset), taker)
            mstore(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_orderType_offset), orderType)
            mstore(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_transfers_pointer_offset), ExecutionBatch_transfers_offset) // set the transfers pointer
            mstore(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_transfers_offset), 1) // set the length of the transfers array
        }
        /* Insert the transfer into the batch. */
        _insertNonfungibleTransfer(executionBatch, order, tokenId, amount);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (access/Ownable2Step.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership} and {acceptOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available all functions
 * from parent (Ownable).
 */
abstract contract Ownable2StepUpgradeable is Initializable, OwnableUpgradeable {
    function __Ownable2Step_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Ownable_init_unchained();
    }
    function __Ownable2Step_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    address private _pendingOwner;
    event OwnershipTransferStarted(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the pending owner.
     */
    function pendingOwner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _pendingOwner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Starts the ownership transfer of the contract to a new account. Replaces the pending transfer if there is one.
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual override onlyOwner {
        _pendingOwner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferStarted(owner(), newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`) and deletes any pending owner.
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual override {
        delete _pendingOwner;
        super._transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev The new owner accepts the ownership transfer.
     */
    function acceptOwnership() external {
        address sender = _msgSender();
        require(pendingOwner() == sender, "Ownable2Step: caller is not the new owner");
        _transferOwnership(sender);
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (proxy/utils/UUPSUpgradeable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../interfaces/draft-IERC1822Upgradeable.sol";
import "../ERC1967/ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable.sol";
import "./Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev An upgradeability mechanism designed for UUPS proxies. The functions included here can perform an upgrade of an
 * {ERC1967Proxy}, when this contract is set as the implementation behind such a proxy.
 *
 * A security mechanism ensures that an upgrade does not turn off upgradeability accidentally, although this risk is
 * reinstated if the upgrade retains upgradeability but removes the security mechanism, e.g. by replacing
 * `UUPSUpgradeable` with a custom implementation of upgrades.
 *
 * The {_authorizeUpgrade} function must be overridden to include access restriction to the upgrade mechanism.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 */
abstract contract UUPSUpgradeable is Initializable, IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable, ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable {
    function __UUPSUpgradeable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __UUPSUpgradeable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow state-variable-immutable state-variable-assignment
    address private immutable __self = address(this);
    /**
     * @dev Check that the execution is being performed through a delegatecall call and that the execution context is
     * a proxy contract with an implementation (as defined in ERC1967) pointing to self. This should only be the case
     * for UUPS and transparent proxies that are using the current contract as their implementation. Execution of a
     * function through ERC1167 minimal proxies (clones) would not normally pass this test, but is not guaranteed to
     * fail.
     */
    modifier onlyProxy() {
        require(address(this) != __self, "Function must be called through delegatecall");
        require(_getImplementation() == __self, "Function must be called through active proxy");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Check that the execution is not being performed through a delegate call. This allows a function to be
     * callable on the implementing contract but not through proxies.
     */
    modifier notDelegated() {
        require(address(this) == __self, "UUPSUpgradeable: must not be called through delegatecall");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Implementation of the ERC1822 {proxiableUUID} function. This returns the storage slot used by the
     * implementation. It is used to validate the implementation's compatibility when performing an upgrade.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: A proxy pointing at a proxiable contract should not be considered proxiable itself, because this risks
     * bricking a proxy that upgrades to it, by delegating to itself until out of gas. Thus it is critical that this
     * function revert if invoked through a proxy. This is guaranteed by the `notDelegated` modifier.
     */
    function proxiableUUID() external view virtual override notDelegated returns (bytes32) {
        return _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Upgrade the implementation of the proxy to `newImplementation`.
     *
     * Calls {_authorizeUpgrade}.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function upgradeTo(address newImplementation) external virtual onlyProxy {
        _authorizeUpgrade(newImplementation);
        _upgradeToAndCallUUPS(newImplementation, new bytes(0), false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Upgrade the implementation of the proxy to `newImplementation`, and subsequently execute the function call
     * encoded in `data`.
     *
     * Calls {_authorizeUpgrade}.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function upgradeToAndCall(address newImplementation, bytes memory data) external payable virtual onlyProxy {
        _authorizeUpgrade(newImplementation);
        _upgradeToAndCallUUPS(newImplementation, data, true);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Function that should revert when `msg.sender` is not authorized to upgrade the contract. Called by
     * {upgradeTo} and {upgradeToAndCall}.
     *
     * Normally, this function will use an xref:access.adoc[access control] modifier such as {Ownable-onlyOwner}.
     *
     * ```solidity
     * function _authorizeUpgrade(address) internal override onlyOwner {}
     * ```
     */
    function _authorizeUpgrade(address newImplementation) internal virtual;
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
import { Validation } from "./Validation.sol";
import "./lib/Constants.sol";
import {
    Order,
    Exchange,
    FungibleTransfers,
    StateUpdate,
    AtomicExecution,
    AssetType,
    Fees,
    FeeRate,
    Listing,
    Taker,
    Transfer,
    OrderType
} from "./lib/Structs.sol";
import { IDelegate } from "./interfaces/IDelegate.sol";
import { IExecutor } from "./interfaces/IExecutor.sol";
abstract contract Executor is IExecutor, Validation {
    address private immutable _DELEGATE;
    address private immutable _POOL;
    constructor(address delegate, address pool, address proxy) Validation(proxy) {
        _DELEGATE = delegate;
        _POOL = pool;
    }
    receive() external payable {
        if (msg.sender != _POOL) {
            revert Unauthorized();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Insert a validated ask listing into the batch if there's sufficient ETH to fulfill
     * @param executionBatch Execution batch
     * @param fungibleTransfers Fungible transfers
     * @param order Order of the listing to insert
     * @param exchange Exchange containing the listing to insert
     * @param fees Protocol and taker fees
     * @param remainingETH Available ETH remaining
     * @return Available ETH remaining after insertion; if the listing was inserted in the batch
     */
    function _insertExecutionAsk(
        bytes memory executionBatch,
        FungibleTransfers memory fungibleTransfers,
        Order memory order,
        Exchange memory exchange,
        Fees memory fees,
        uint256 remainingETH
    ) internal pure returns (uint256, bool) {
        uint256 takerAmount = exchange.taker.amount;
        (
            uint256 totalPrice,
            uint256 protocolFeeAmount,
            uint256 makerFeeAmount,
            uint256 takerFeeAmount
        ) = _computeFees(exchange.listing.price, takerAmount, order.makerFee, fees);
        /* Only insert the executions if there are sufficient funds to execute. */
        if (remainingETH >= totalPrice + takerFeeAmount) {
            unchecked {
                remainingETH = remainingETH - totalPrice - takerFeeAmount;
            }
            _setAddresses(fungibleTransfers, order);
            uint256 index = _insertNonfungibleTransfer(
                executionBatch,
                order,
                exchange.listing.tokenId,
                takerAmount
            );
            _insertFungibleTransfers(
                fungibleTransfers,
                takerAmount,
                exchange.listing,
                bytes32(order.salt),
                index,
                totalPrice,
                protocolFeeAmount,
                makerFeeAmount,
                takerFeeAmount,
                true
            );
            return (remainingETH, true);
        } else {
            return (remainingETH, false);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Insert a validated bid listing into the batch
     * @param executionBatch Execution batch
     * @param fungibleTransfers Fungible transfers
     * @param order Order of the listing to insert
     * @param exchange Exchange containing listing to insert
     * @param fees Protocol and taker fees
     */
    function _insertExecutionBid(
        bytes memory executionBatch,
        FungibleTransfers memory fungibleTransfers,
        Order memory order,
        Exchange memory exchange,
        Fees memory fees
    ) internal pure {
        uint256 takerAmount = exchange.taker.amount;
        (
            uint256 totalPrice,
            uint256 protocolFeeAmount,
            uint256 makerFeeAmount,
            uint256 takerFeeAmount
        ) = _computeFees(exchange.listing.price, takerAmount, order.makerFee, fees);
        _setAddresses(fungibleTransfers, order);
        uint256 index = _insertNonfungibleTransfer(
            executionBatch,
            order,
            exchange.taker.tokenId,
            takerAmount
        );
        _insertFungibleTransfers(
            fungibleTransfers,
            takerAmount,
            exchange.listing,
            bytes32(order.salt),
            index,
            totalPrice,
            protocolFeeAmount,
            makerFeeAmount,
            takerFeeAmount,
            false
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Insert the nonfungible transfer into the batch
     * @param executionBatch Execution batch
     * @param order Order
     * @param tokenId Token id
     * @param amount Number of token units
     * @return transferIndex Index of the transfer
     */
    function _insertNonfungibleTransfer(
        bytes memory executionBatch,
        Order memory order,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 transferIndex) {
        assembly {
            let calldataPointer := add(executionBatch, ExecutionBatch_calldata_offset)
            transferIndex := mload(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_length_offset))
            let transfersOffset := mload(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_transfers_pointer_offset))
            let transferPointer := add(
                add(calldataPointer, add(transfersOffset, One_word)),
                mul(transferIndex, Transfer_size)
            )
            mstore(
                add(transferPointer, Transfer_trader_offset),
                mload(add(order, Order_trader_offset))
            ) // set the trader
            mstore(add(transferPointer, Transfer_id_offset), tokenId) // set the token id
            mstore(
                add(transferPointer, Transfer_collection_offset),
                mload(add(order, Order_collection_offset))
            ) // set the collection
            mstore(
                add(transferPointer, Transfer_assetType_offset),
                mload(add(order, Order_assetType_offset))
            ) // set the asset type
            mstore(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_length_offset), add(transferIndex, 1)) // increment the batch length
            if eq(mload(add(order, Order_assetType_offset)), AssetType_ERC1155) {
                mstore(add(transferPointer, Transfer_amount_offset), amount) // set the amount (don't need to set for ERC721's)
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Insert the fungible transfers that need to be executed atomically
     * @param fungibleTransfers Fungible transfers struct
     * @param takerAmount Amount of the listing being taken
     * @param listing Listing to execute
     * @param orderHash Order hash
     * @param index Execution index
     * @param totalPrice Total price of the purchased tokens
     * @param protocolFeeAmount Computed protocol fee
     * @param makerFeeAmount Computed maker fee
     * @param takerFeeAmount Computed taker fee
     * @param makerIsSeller Is the order maker the seller
     */
    function _insertFungibleTransfers(
        FungibleTransfers memory fungibleTransfers,
        uint256 takerAmount,
        Listing memory listing,
        bytes32 orderHash,
        uint256 index,
        uint256 totalPrice,
        uint256 protocolFeeAmount,
        uint256 makerFeeAmount,
        uint256 takerFeeAmount,
        bool makerIsSeller
    ) internal pure {
        uint256 makerId = fungibleTransfers.makerId;
        fungibleTransfers.executions[index].makerId = makerId;
        fungibleTransfers.executions[index].makerFeeRecipientId = fungibleTransfers.feeRecipientId;
        fungibleTransfers.executions[index].stateUpdate = StateUpdate({
            trader: fungibleTransfers.makers[makerId],
            hash: orderHash,
            index: listing.index,
            value: takerAmount,
            maxAmount: listing.amount
        });
        if (makerIsSeller) {
            unchecked {
                fungibleTransfers.executions[index].sellerAmount =
                    totalPrice -
                    protocolFeeAmount -
                    makerFeeAmount;
            }
        } else {
            unchecked {
                fungibleTransfers.executions[index].sellerAmount =
                    totalPrice -
                    protocolFeeAmount -
                    takerFeeAmount;
            }
        }
        fungibleTransfers.executions[index].makerFeeAmount = makerFeeAmount;
        fungibleTransfers.executions[index].takerFeeAmount = takerFeeAmount;
        fungibleTransfers.executions[index].protocolFeeAmount = protocolFeeAmount;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Set the addresses of the maker fee recipient and order maker if different than currently being batched
     * @param fungibleTransfers Fungible transfers struct
     * @param order Parent order of listing being added to the batch
     */
    function _setAddresses(
        FungibleTransfers memory fungibleTransfers,
        Order memory order
    ) internal pure {
        address feeRecipient = order.makerFee.recipient;
        uint256 feeRecipientId = fungibleTransfers.feeRecipientId;
        address currentFeeRecipient = fungibleTransfers.feeRecipients[feeRecipientId];
        if (feeRecipient != currentFeeRecipient) {
            if (currentFeeRecipient == address(0)) {
                fungibleTransfers.feeRecipients[feeRecipientId] = feeRecipient;
            } else {
                unchecked {
                    fungibleTransfers.feeRecipients[++feeRecipientId] = feeRecipient;
                }
                fungibleTransfers.feeRecipientId = feeRecipientId;
            }
        }
        address trader = order.trader;
        uint256 makerId = fungibleTransfers.makerId;
        address currentTrader = fungibleTransfers.makers[makerId];
        if (trader != currentTrader) {
            if (currentTrader == address(0)) {
                fungibleTransfers.makers[makerId] = trader;
            } else {
                unchecked {
                    fungibleTransfers.makers[++makerId] = trader;
                }
                fungibleTransfers.makerId = makerId;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Compute all necessary fees to be taken
     * @param pricePerToken Price per token unit
     * @param takerAmount Number of token units taken (should only be greater than 1 for ERC1155)
     * @param fees Protocol and taker fee set by the transaction
     */
    function _computeFees(
        uint256 pricePerToken,
        uint256 takerAmount,
        FeeRate memory makerFee,
        Fees memory fees
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (
            uint256 totalPrice,
            uint256 protocolFeeAmount,
            uint256 makerFeeAmount,
            uint256 takerFeeAmount
        )
    {
        totalPrice = pricePerToken * takerAmount;
        makerFeeAmount = (totalPrice * makerFee.rate) / _BASIS_POINTS;
        takerFeeAmount = (totalPrice * fees.takerFee.rate) / _BASIS_POINTS;
        protocolFeeAmount = (totalPrice * fees.protocolFee.rate) / _BASIS_POINTS;
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        EXECUTION FUNCTIONS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     * @notice Execute the transfers by first attempting the nonfungible transfers, for the successful transfers sum the fungible transfers by the recipients and execute
     * @param executionBatch Execution batch struct
     * @param fungibleTransfers Fungible transfers struct
     * @param fees Protocol, maker, taker fees (note: makerFee will be inaccurate at this point in execution)
     * @param orderType Order type
     */
    function _executeBatchTransfer(
        bytes memory executionBatch,
        FungibleTransfers memory fungibleTransfers,
        Fees memory fees,
        OrderType orderType
    ) internal {
        uint256 batchLength;
        assembly {
            let calldataPointer := add(executionBatch, ExecutionBatch_calldata_offset)
            batchLength := mload(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_length_offset))
        }
        if (batchLength > 0) {
            bool[] memory successfulTransfers = _executeNonfungibleTransfers(
                executionBatch,
                batchLength
            );
            uint256 transfersLength = successfulTransfers.length;
            for (uint256 i; i < transfersLength; ) {
                if (successfulTransfers[i]) {
                    AtomicExecution memory execution = fungibleTransfers.executions[i];
                    FeeRate memory makerFee;
                    uint256 price;
                    unchecked {
                        if (orderType == OrderType.ASK) {
                            fungibleTransfers.makerTransfers[execution.makerId] += execution
                                .sellerAmount; // amount that needs to be sent *to* the order maker
                            price =
                                execution.sellerAmount +
                                execution.protocolFeeAmount +
                                execution.makerFeeAmount;
                        } else {
                            fungibleTransfers.makerTransfers[execution.makerId] +=
                                execution.protocolFeeAmount +
                                execution.makerFeeAmount +
                                execution.takerFeeAmount +
                                execution.sellerAmount; // amount that needs to be taken *from* the order maker
                            price =
                                execution.sellerAmount +
                                execution.protocolFeeAmount +
                                execution.takerFeeAmount;
                        }
                        fungibleTransfers.totalSellerTransfer += execution.sellerAmount; // only for bids
                        fungibleTransfers.totalProtocolFee += execution.protocolFeeAmount;
                        fungibleTransfers.totalTakerFee += execution.takerFeeAmount;
                        fungibleTransfers.feeTransfers[execution.makerFeeRecipientId] += execution
                            .makerFeeAmount;
                        makerFee = FeeRate(
                            fungibleTransfers.feeRecipients[execution.makerFeeRecipientId],
                            uint16((execution.makerFeeAmount * _BASIS_POINTS) / price)
                        );
                    }
                    /* Commit state updates. */
                    StateUpdate memory stateUpdate = fungibleTransfers.executions[i].stateUpdate;
                    {
                        address trader = stateUpdate.trader;
                        bytes32 hash = stateUpdate.hash;
                        uint256 index = stateUpdate.index;
                        uint256 _amountTaken = amountTaken[trader][hash][index];
                        uint256 newAmountTaken = _amountTaken + stateUpdate.value;
                        /* Overfulfilled Listings should be caught prior to inserting into the batch, but this check prevents any misuse. */
                        if (newAmountTaken <= stateUpdate.maxAmount) {
                            amountTaken[trader][hash][index] = newAmountTaken;
                        } else {
                            revert OrderFulfilled();
                        }
                    }
                    _emitExecutionEventFromBatch(
                        executionBatch,
                        price,
                        makerFee,
                        fees,
                        stateUpdate,
                        orderType,
                        i
                    );
                }
                unchecked {
                    ++i;
                }
            }
            if (orderType == OrderType.ASK) {
                /* Transfer the payments to the sellers. */
                uint256 makersLength = fungibleTransfers.makerId + 1;
                for (uint256 i; i < makersLength; ) {
                    _transferETH(fungibleTransfers.makers[i], fungibleTransfers.makerTransfers[i]);
                    unchecked {
                        ++i;
                    }
                }
                /* Transfer the fees to the fee recipients. */
                uint256 feesLength = fungibleTransfers.feeRecipientId + 1;
                for (uint256 i; i < feesLength; ) {
                    _transferETH(
                        fungibleTransfers.feeRecipients[i],
                        fungibleTransfers.feeTransfers[i]
                    );
                    unchecked {
                        ++i;
                    }
                }
                /* Transfer the protocol fees. */
                _transferETH(fees.protocolFee.recipient, fungibleTransfers.totalProtocolFee);
                /* Transfer the taker fees. */
                _transferETH(fees.takerFee.recipient, fungibleTransfers.totalTakerFee);
            } else {
                /* Take the pool funds from the buyers. */
                uint256 makersLength = fungibleTransfers.makerId + 1;
                for (uint256 i; i < makersLength; ) {
                    _transferPool(
                        fungibleTransfers.makers[i],
                        address(this),
                        fungibleTransfers.makerTransfers[i]
                    );
                    unchecked {
                        ++i;
                    }
                }
                /* Transfer the payment to the seller. */
                _transferPool(address(this), msg.sender, fungibleTransfers.totalSellerTransfer);
                /* Transfer the fees to the fee recipients. */
                uint256 feesLength = fungibleTransfers.feeRecipientId + 1;
                for (uint256 i; i < feesLength; ) {
                    _transferPool(
                        address(this),
                        fungibleTransfers.feeRecipients[i],
                        fungibleTransfers.feeTransfers[i]
                    );
                    unchecked {
                        ++i;
                    }
                }
                /* Transfer the protocol fees. */
                _transferPool(
                    address(this),
                    fees.protocolFee.recipient,
                    fungibleTransfers.totalProtocolFee
                );
                /* Transfer the taker fees. */
                _transferPool(
                    address(this),
                    fees.takerFee.recipient,
                    fungibleTransfers.totalTakerFee
                );
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Attempt to execute a series of nonfungible transfers through the delegate; reverts will be skipped
     * @param executionBatch Execution batch struct
     * @param batchIndex Current available transfer slot in the batch
     * @return Array indicating which transfers were successful
     */
    function _executeNonfungibleTransfers(
        bytes memory executionBatch,
        uint256 batchIndex
    ) internal returns (bool[] memory) {
        address delegate = _DELEGATE;
        /* Initialize the memory space for the successful transfers array returned from the Delegate call. */
        uint256 successfulTransfersPointer;
        assembly {
            successfulTransfersPointer := mload(Memory_pointer)
            /* Need to shift the free memory pointer ahead one word to account for the array pointer returned from the call. */
            mstore(Memory_pointer, add(successfulTransfersPointer, One_word))
        }
        bool[] memory successfulTransfers = new bool[](batchIndex);
        assembly {
            let size := mload(executionBatch)
            let selectorPointer := add(executionBatch, ExecutionBatch_selector_offset)
            mstore(selectorPointer, shr(Bytes4_shift, Delegate_transfer_selector))
            let success := call(
                gas(),
                delegate,
                0,
                add(selectorPointer, Delegate_transfer_calldata_offset),
                sub(size, Delegate_transfer_calldata_offset),
                successfulTransfersPointer,
                add(0x40, mul(batchIndex, One_word))
            )
        }
        return successfulTransfers;
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        TRANSFER FUNCTIONS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     * @notice Transfer ETH
     * @param to Recipient address
     * @param amount Amount of ETH to send
     */
    function _transferETH(address to, uint256 amount) internal {
        if (amount > 0) {
            bool success;
            assembly {
                success := call(gas(), to, amount, 0, 0, 0, 0)
            }
            if (!success) {
                revert ETHTransferFailed();
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Transfer pool funds on behalf of a user
     * @param from Sender address
     * @param to Recipient address
     * @param amount Amount to send
     */
    function _transferPool(address from, address to, uint256 amount) internal {
        if (amount > 0) {
            bool success;
            address pool = _POOL;
            assembly {
                let x := mload(Memory_pointer)
                mstore(x, ERC20_transferFrom_selector)
                mstore(add(x, ERC20_transferFrom_from_offset), from)
                mstore(add(x, ERC20_transferFrom_to_offset), to)
                mstore(add(x, ERC20_transferFrom_amount_offset), amount)
                success := call(gas(), pool, 0, x, ERC20_transferFrom_size, 0, 0)
            }
            if (!success) {
                revert PoolTransferFailed();
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Deposit ETH to user's pool funds
     * @param to Recipient address
     * @param amount Amount of ETH to deposit
     */
    function _depositPool(address to, uint256 amount) internal {
        bool success;
        address pool = _POOL;
        assembly {
            let x := mload(Memory_pointer)
            mstore(x, Pool_deposit_selector)
            mstore(add(x, Pool_deposit_user_offset), to)
            success := call(gas(), pool, amount, x, Pool_deposit_size, 0, 0)
        }
        if (!success) {
            revert PoolDepositFailed();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Withdraw ETH from user's pool funds
     * @param from Address to withdraw from
     * @param amount Amount of ETH to withdraw
     */
    function _withdrawFromPool(address from, uint256 amount) internal {
        bool success;
        address pool = _POOL;
        assembly {
            let x := mload(Memory_pointer)
            mstore(x, Pool_withdrawFrom_selector)
            mstore(add(x, Pool_withdrawFrom_from_offset), from)
            mstore(add(x, Pool_withdrawFrom_to_offset), address())
            mstore(add(x, Pool_withdrawFrom_amount_offset), amount)
            success := call(gas(), pool, 0, x, Pool_withdrawFrom_size, 0, 0)
        }
        if (!success) {
            revert PoolWithdrawFromFailed();
        }
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                          EVENT EMITTERS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    /**
     * @notice Emit Execution event from a single execution
     * @param executionBatch Execution batch struct
     * @param price Price of the token purchased
     * @param fees Protocol, maker, and taker fees taken
     * @param stateUpdate Fulfillment to be recorded with a successful execution
     * @param orderType Order type
     * @param transferIndex Index of the transfer corresponding to the execution
     */
    function _emitExecutionEventFromBatch(
        bytes memory executionBatch,
        uint256 price,
        FeeRate memory makerFee,
        Fees memory fees,
        StateUpdate memory stateUpdate,
        OrderType orderType,
        uint256 transferIndex
    ) internal {
        Transfer memory transfer;
        assembly {
            let calldataPointer := add(executionBatch, ExecutionBatch_calldata_offset)
            let transfersOffset := mload(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_transfers_pointer_offset))
            transfer := add(
                add(calldataPointer, add(transfersOffset, One_word)),
                mul(transferIndex, Transfer_size)
            )
        }
        _emitOptimalExecutionEvent(
            transfer,
            stateUpdate.hash,
            stateUpdate.index,
            price,
            makerFee,
            fees,
            orderType
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Emit the Execution event that minimizes the number of bytes in the log
     * @param transfer The nft transfer
     * @param orderHash Order hash
     * @param listingIndex Index of the listing being fulfilled within the order
     * @param price Price of the token purchased
     * @param makerFee Maker fees taken
     * @param fees Protocol, and taker fees taken
     * @param orderType Order type
     */
    function _emitOptimalExecutionEvent(
        Transfer memory transfer,
        bytes32 orderHash,
        uint256 listingIndex,
        uint256 price,
        FeeRate memory makerFee,
        Fees memory fees,
        OrderType orderType
    ) internal {
        if (
            // see _insertNonfungibleTransfer; ERC721 transfers don't set the transfer amount,
            // so we can assume the transfer amount and not check it
            transfer.assetType == AssetType.ERC721 &&
            fees.protocolFee.rate == 0 &&
            transfer.id < 1 << (11 * 8) &&
            listingIndex < 1 << (1 * 8) &&
            price < 1 << (11 * 8)
        ) {
            if (makerFee.rate == 0 && fees.takerFee.rate == 0) {
                emit Execution721Packed(
                    orderHash,
                    packTokenIdListingIndexTrader(transfer.id, listingIndex, transfer.trader),
                    packTypePriceCollection(orderType, price, transfer.collection)
                );
                return;
            } else if (makerFee.rate == 0) {
                emit Execution721TakerFeePacked(
                    orderHash,
                    packTokenIdListingIndexTrader(transfer.id, listingIndex, transfer.trader),
                    packTypePriceCollection(orderType, price, transfer.collection),
                    packFee(fees.takerFee)
                );
                return;
            } else if (fees.takerFee.rate == 0) {
                emit Execution721MakerFeePacked(
                    orderHash,
                    packTokenIdListingIndexTrader(transfer.id, listingIndex, transfer.trader),
                    packTypePriceCollection(orderType, price, transfer.collection),
                    packFee(makerFee)
                );
                return;
            }
        }
        emit Execution({
            transfer: transfer,
            orderHash: orderHash,
            listingIndex: listingIndex,
            price: price,
            makerFee: makerFee,
            fees: fees,
            orderType: orderType
        });
    }
    /**
     * @notice Emit Execution event from a single execution
     * @param executionBatch Execution batch struct
     * @param order Order being fulfilled
     * @param listingIndex Index of the listing being fulfilled within the order
     * @param price Price of the token purchased
     * @param fees Protocol, and taker fees taken
     * @param orderType Order type
     */
    function _emitExecutionEvent(
        bytes memory executionBatch,
        Order memory order,
        uint256 listingIndex,
        uint256 price,
        Fees memory fees,
        OrderType orderType
    ) internal {
        Transfer memory transfer;
        assembly {
            let calldataPointer := add(executionBatch, ExecutionBatch_calldata_offset)
            let transfersOffset := mload(add(calldataPointer, ExecutionBatch_transfers_pointer_offset))
            transfer := add(calldataPointer, add(transfersOffset, One_word))
        }
        _emitOptimalExecutionEvent(
            transfer,
            bytes32(order.salt),
            listingIndex,
            price,
            order.makerFee,
            fees,
            orderType
        );
    }
    function packTokenIdListingIndexTrader(
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 listingIndex,
        address trader
    ) private pure returns (uint256) {
        return (tokenId << (21 * 8)) | (listingIndex << (20 * 8)) | uint160(trader);
    }
    function packTypePriceCollection(
        OrderType orderType,
        uint256 price,
        address collection
    ) private pure returns (uint256) {
        return (uint256(orderType) << (31 * 8)) | (price << (20 * 8)) | uint160(collection);
    }
    function packFee(FeeRate memory fee) private pure returns (uint256) {
        return (uint256(fee.rate) << (20 * 8)) | uint160(fee.recipient);
    }
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
uint256 constant Bytes1_shift = 0xf8;
uint256 constant Bytes4_shift = 0xe0;
uint256 constant Bytes20_shift = 0x60;
uint256 constant One_word = 0x20;
uint256 constant Memory_pointer = 0x40;
uint256 constant AssetType_ERC721 = 0;
uint256 constant AssetType_ERC1155 = 1;
uint256 constant OrderType_ASK = 0;
uint256 constant OrderType_BID = 1;
uint256 constant Pool_withdrawFrom_selector = 0x9555a94200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
uint256 constant Pool_withdrawFrom_from_offset = 0x04;
uint256 constant Pool_withdrawFrom_to_offset = 0x24;
uint256 constant Pool_withdrawFrom_amount_offset = 0x44;
uint256 constant Pool_withdrawFrom_size = 0x64;
uint256 constant Pool_deposit_selector = 0xf340fa0100000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
uint256 constant Pool_deposit_user_offset = 0x04;
uint256 constant Pool_deposit_size = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_selector = 0x23b872dd00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
uint256 constant ERC721_safeTransferFrom_selector = 0x42842e0e00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_selector = 0xf242432a00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_size = 0x64;
uint256 constant ERC721_safeTransferFrom_size = 0x64;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_size = 0xc4;
uint256 constant OracleSignatures_size = 0x59;
uint256 constant OracleSignatures_s_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant OracleSignatures_v_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant OracleSignatures_blockNumber_offset = 0x41;
uint256 constant OracleSignatures_oracle_offset = 0x45;
uint256 constant Signatures_size = 0x41;
uint256 constant Signatures_s_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Signatures_v_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_from_offset = 0x4;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_to_offset = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_amount_offset = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC721_safeTransferFrom_from_offset = 0x4;
uint256 constant ERC721_safeTransferFrom_to_offset = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC721_safeTransferFrom_id_offset = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_offset = 0x4;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_offset = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_offset = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_offset = 0x64;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_pointer_offset = 0x84;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset = 0xa4;
uint256 constant Delegate_transfer_selector = 0xa1ccb98e00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
uint256 constant Delegate_transfer_calldata_offset = 0x1c;
uint256 constant Order_size = 0x100;
uint256 constant Order_trader_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant Order_collection_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Order_listingsRoot_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant Order_numberOfListings_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant Order_expirationTime_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant Order_assetType_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant Order_makerFee_offset = 0xc0;
uint256 constant Order_salt_offset = 0xe0;
uint256 constant Exchange_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant Exchange_askIndex_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant Exchange_proof_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Exchange_maker_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant Exchange_taker_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant BidExchange_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant BidExchange_askIndex_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant BidExchange_proof_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant BidExchange_maker_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant BidExchange_taker_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant Listing_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant Listing_index_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant Listing_tokenId_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Listing_amount_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant Listing_price_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant Taker_size = 0x40;
uint256 constant Taker_tokenId_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant Taker_amount_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant StateUpdate_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant StateUpdate_salt_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant StateUpdate_leaf_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant StateUpdate_value_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant Transfer_size = 0xa0;
uint256 constant Transfer_trader_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant Transfer_id_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Transfer_amount_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant Transfer_collection_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant Transfer_assetType_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_selector_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_calldata_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_base_size = 0xa0; // size of the executionBatch without the flattened dynamic elements
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_taker_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_orderType_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_transfers_pointer_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_length_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_transfers_offset = 0x80;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.17;
struct TakeAsk {
    Order[] orders;
    Exchange[] exchanges;
    FeeRate takerFee;
    bytes signatures;
    address tokenRecipient;
}
struct TakeAskSingle {
    Order order;
    Exchange exchange;
    FeeRate takerFee;
    bytes signature;
    address tokenRecipient;
}
struct TakeBid {
    Order[] orders;
    Exchange[] exchanges;
    FeeRate takerFee;
    bytes signatures;
}
struct TakeBidSingle {
    Order order;
    Exchange exchange;
    FeeRate takerFee;
    bytes signature;
}
enum AssetType {
    ERC721,
    ERC1155
}
enum OrderType {
    ASK,
    BID
}
struct Exchange { // Size: 0x80
    uint256 index; // 0x00
    bytes32[] proof; // 0x20
    Listing listing; // 0x40
    Taker taker; // 0x60
}
struct Listing { // Size: 0x80
    uint256 index; // 0x00
    uint256 tokenId; // 0x20
    uint256 amount; // 0x40
    uint256 price; // 0x60
}
struct Taker { // Size: 0x40
    uint256 tokenId; // 0x00
    uint256 amount; // 0x20
}
struct Order { // Size: 0x100
    address trader; // 0x00
    address collection; // 0x20
    bytes32 listingsRoot; // 0x40
    uint256 numberOfListings; // 0x60
    uint256 expirationTime; // 0x80
    AssetType assetType; // 0xa0
    FeeRate makerFee; // 0xc0
    uint256 salt; // 0xe0
}
/*
Reference only; struct is composed manually using calldata formatting in execution
struct ExecutionBatch { // Size: 0x80
    address taker; // 0x00
    OrderType orderType; // 0x20
    Transfer[] transfers; // 0x40
    uint256 length; // 0x60
}
*/
struct Transfer { // Size: 0xa0
    address trader; // 0x00
    uint256 id; // 0x20
    uint256 amount; // 0x40
    address collection; // 0x60
    AssetType assetType; // 0x80
}
struct FungibleTransfers {
    uint256 totalProtocolFee;
    uint256 totalSellerTransfer;
    uint256 totalTakerFee;
    uint256 feeRecipientId;
    uint256 makerId;
    address[] feeRecipients;
    address[] makers;
    uint256[] makerTransfers;
    uint256[] feeTransfers;
    AtomicExecution[] executions;
}
struct AtomicExecution { // Size: 0xe0
    uint256 makerId; // 0x00
    uint256 sellerAmount; // 0x20
    uint256 makerFeeRecipientId; // 0x40
    uint256 makerFeeAmount; // 0x60
    uint256 takerFeeAmount; // 0x80
    uint256 protocolFeeAmount; // 0xa0
    StateUpdate stateUpdate; // 0xc0
}
struct StateUpdate { // Size: 0xa0
    address trader; // 0x00
    bytes32 hash; // 0x20
    uint256 index; // 0x40
    uint256 value; // 0x60
    uint256 maxAmount; // 0x80
}
struct Fees { // Size: 0x40
    FeeRate protocolFee; // 0x00
    FeeRate takerFee; // 0x20
}
struct FeeRate { // Size: 0x40
    address recipient; // 0x00
    uint16 rate; // 0x20
}
struct Cancel {
    bytes32 hash;
    uint256 index;
    uint256 amount;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
import {
    TakeAsk,
    TakeBid,
    TakeAskSingle,
    TakeBidSingle,
    Order,
    Exchange,
    Fees,
    FeeRate,
    AssetType,
    OrderType,
    Transfer,
    FungibleTransfers,
    StateUpdate,
    Cancel,
    Listing
} from "../lib/Structs.sol";
interface IBlurExchangeV2 {
    error InsufficientFunds();
    error TokenTransferFailed();
    error InvalidOrder();
    error ProtocolFeeTooHigh();
    event NewProtocolFee(address indexed recipient, uint16 indexed rate);
    event NewGovernor(address indexed governor);
    event NewBlockRange(uint256 blockRange);
    event CancelTrade(address indexed user, bytes32 hash, uint256 index, uint256 amount);
    event NonceIncremented(address indexed user, uint256 newNonce);
    event SetOracle(address indexed user, bool approved);
    function initialize() external;
    function setProtocolFee(address recipient, uint16 rate) external;
    function setGovernor(address _governor) external;
    function setOracle(address oracle, bool approved) external;
    function setBlockRange(uint256 _blockRange) external;
    function cancelTrades(Cancel[] memory cancels) external;
    function incrementNonce() external;
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                          EXECUTION WRAPPERS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function takeAsk(TakeAsk memory inputs, bytes calldata oracleSignature) external payable;
    function takeBid(TakeBid memory inputs, bytes calldata oracleSignature) external;
    function takeAskSingle(TakeAskSingle memory inputs, bytes calldata oracleSignature) external payable;
    function takeBidSingle(TakeBidSingle memory inputs, bytes calldata oracleSignature) external;
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        EXECUTION POOL WRAPPERS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function takeAskSinglePool(
        TakeAskSingle memory inputs,
        bytes calldata oracleSignature,
        uint256 amountToWithdraw
    ) external payable;
    function takeAskPool(
        TakeAsk memory inputs,
        bytes calldata oracleSignature,
        uint256 amountToWithdraw
    ) external payable;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
/// @notice Upgradeable gas optimized reentrancy protection for smart contracts.
/// @author Modified from Solmate (https://github.com/transmissions11/solmate/blob/main/src/utils/ReentrancyGuard.sol)
abstract contract ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable {
    uint256 private locked;
    function __Reentrancy_init() internal {
        locked = 1;
    }
    modifier nonReentrant() virtual {
        require(locked == 1, "REENTRANCY");
        locked = 2;
        _;
        locked = 1;
    }
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract OwnableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    function __Ownable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Ownable_init_unchained();
    }
    function __Ownable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.1) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * The initialization functions use a version number. Once a version number is used, it is consumed and cannot be
 * reused. This mechanism prevents re-execution of each "step" but allows the creation of new initialization steps in
 * case an upgrade adds a module that needs to be initialized.
 *
 * For example:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * contract MyToken is ERC20Upgradeable {
 *     function initialize() initializer public {
 *         __ERC20_init("MyToken", "MTK");
 *     }
 * }
 * contract MyTokenV2 is MyToken, ERC20PermitUpgradeable {
 *     function initializeV2() reinitializer(2) public {
 *         __ERC20Permit_init("MyToken");
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 *
 * [CAUTION]
 * ====
 * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
 *
 * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
 * contract, which may impact the proxy. To prevent the implementation contract from being used, you should invoke
 * the {_disableInitializers} function in the constructor to automatically lock it when it is deployed:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
 * constructor() {
 *     _disableInitializers();
 * }
 * ```
 * ====
 */
abstract contract Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
     * @custom:oz-retyped-from bool
     */
    uint8 private _initialized;
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
     */
    bool private _initializing;
    /**
     * @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
     */
    event Initialized(uint8 version);
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
     * `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * Similar to `reinitializer(1)`, except that functions marked with `initializer` can be nested in the context of a
     * constructor.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier initializer() {
        bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
        require(
            (isTopLevelCall && _initialized < 1) || (!AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this)) && _initialized == 1),
            "Initializable: contract is already initialized"
        );
        _initialized = 1;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = false;
            emit Initialized(1);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
     * contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
     * used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * A reinitializer may be used after the original initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that
     * are added through upgrades and that require initialization.
     *
     * When `version` is 1, this modifier is similar to `initializer`, except that functions marked with `reinitializer`
     * cannot be nested. If one is invoked in the context of another, execution will revert.
     *
     * Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
     * a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
     *
     * WARNING: setting the version to 255 will prevent any future reinitialization.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier reinitializer(uint8 version) {
        require(!_initializing && _initialized < version, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
        _initialized = version;
        _initializing = true;
        _;
        _initializing = false;
        emit Initialized(version);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializing() {
        require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
     * Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
     * to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
     * through proxies.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event the first time it is successfully executed.
     */
    function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
        require(!_initializing, "Initializable: contract is initializing");
        if (_initialized < type(uint8).max) {
            _initialized = type(uint8).max;
            emit Initialized(type(uint8).max);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the highest version that has been initialized. See {reinitializer}.
     */
    function _getInitializedVersion() internal view returns (uint8) {
        return _initialized;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if the contract is currently initializing. See {onlyInitializing}.
     */
    function _isInitializing() internal view returns (bool) {
        return _initializing;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library AddressUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (interfaces/draft-IERC1822.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev ERC1822: Universal Upgradeable Proxy Standard (UUPS) documents a method for upgradeability through a simplified
 * proxy whose upgrades are fully controlled by the current implementation.
 */
interface IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the storage slot that the proxiable contract assumes is being used to store the implementation
     * address.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: A proxy pointing at a proxiable contract should not be considered proxiable itself, because this risks
     * bricking a proxy that upgrades to it, by delegating to itself until out of gas. Thus it is critical that this
     * function revert if invoked through a proxy.
     */
    function proxiableUUID() external view returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.3) (proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Upgrade.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../beacon/IBeaconUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../interfaces/IERC1967Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../interfaces/draft-IERC1822Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../utils/StorageSlotUpgradeable.sol";
import "../utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev This abstract contract provides getters and event emitting update functions for
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967] slots.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 *
 * @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow delegatecall
 */
abstract contract ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable is Initializable, IERC1967Upgradeable {
    function __ERC1967Upgrade_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __ERC1967Upgrade_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    // This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.rollback" subtracted by 1
    bytes32 private constant _ROLLBACK_SLOT = 0x4910fdfa16fed3260ed0e7147f7cc6da11a60208b5b9406d12a635614ffd9143;
    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the address of the current implementation.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.implementation" subtracted by 1, and is
     * validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
     */
    function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 implementation slot.
     */
    function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) private {
        require(AddressUpgradeable.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
        StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeTo(address newImplementation) internal {
        _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        emit Upgraded(newImplementation);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade with additional setup call.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeToAndCall(
        address newImplementation,
        bytes memory data,
        bool forceCall
    ) internal {
        _upgradeTo(newImplementation);
        if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
            _functionDelegateCall(newImplementation, data);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade with security checks for UUPS proxies, and additional setup call.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeToAndCallUUPS(
        address newImplementation,
        bytes memory data,
        bool forceCall
    ) internal {
        // Upgrades from old implementations will perform a rollback test. This test requires the new
        // implementation to upgrade back to the old, non-ERC1822 compliant, implementation. Removing
        // this special case will break upgrade paths from old UUPS implementation to new ones.
        if (StorageSlotUpgradeable.getBooleanSlot(_ROLLBACK_SLOT).value) {
            _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        } else {
            try IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable(newImplementation).proxiableUUID() returns (bytes32 slot) {
                require(slot == _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT, "ERC1967Upgrade: unsupported proxiableUUID");
            } catch {
                revert("ERC1967Upgrade: new implementation is not UUPS");
            }
            _upgradeToAndCall(newImplementation, data, forceCall);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the admin of the contract.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.admin" subtracted by 1, and is
     * validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _ADMIN_SLOT = 0xb53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current admin.
     */
    function _getAdmin() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 admin slot.
     */
    function _setAdmin(address newAdmin) private {
        require(newAdmin != address(0), "ERC1967: new admin is the zero address");
        StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value = newAdmin;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Changes the admin of the proxy.
     *
     * Emits an {AdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _changeAdmin(address newAdmin) internal {
        emit AdminChanged(_getAdmin(), newAdmin);
        _setAdmin(newAdmin);
    }
    /**
     * @dev The storage slot of the UpgradeableBeacon contract which defines the implementation for this proxy.
     * This is bytes32(uint256(keccak256('eip1967.proxy.beacon')) - 1)) and is validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _BEACON_SLOT = 0xa3f0ad74e5423aebfd80d3ef4346578335a9a72aeaee59ff6cb3582b35133d50;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current beacon.
     */
    function _getBeacon() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new beacon in the EIP1967 beacon slot.
     */
    function _setBeacon(address newBeacon) private {
        require(AddressUpgradeable.isContract(newBeacon), "ERC1967: new beacon is not a contract");
        require(
            AddressUpgradeable.isContract(IBeaconUpgradeable(newBeacon).implementation()),
            "ERC1967: beacon implementation is not a contract"
        );
        StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value = newBeacon;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform beacon upgrade with additional setup call. Note: This upgrades the address of the beacon, it does
     * not upgrade the implementation contained in the beacon (see {UpgradeableBeacon-_setImplementation} for that).
     *
     * Emits a {BeaconUpgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeBeaconToAndCall(
        address newBeacon,
        bytes memory data,
        bool forceCall
    ) internal {
        _setBeacon(newBeacon);
        emit BeaconUpgraded(newBeacon);
        if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
            _functionDelegateCall(IBeaconUpgradeable(newBeacon).implementation(), data);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function _functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) private returns (bytes memory) {
        require(AddressUpgradeable.isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
        // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return AddressUpgradeable.verifyCallResult(success, returndata, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (proxy/beacon/IBeacon.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This is the interface that {BeaconProxy} expects of its beacon.
 */
interface IBeaconUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Must return an address that can be used as a delegate call target.
     *
     * {BeaconProxy} will check that this address is a contract.
     */
    function implementation() external view returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.3) (interfaces/IERC1967.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev ERC-1967: Proxy Storage Slots. This interface contains the events defined in the ERC.
 *
 * _Available since v4.9._
 */
interface IERC1967Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the implementation is upgraded.
     */
    event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the admin account has changed.
     */
    event AdminChanged(address previousAdmin, address newAdmin);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the beacon is changed.
     */
    event BeaconUpgraded(address indexed beacon);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/StorageSlot.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for reading and writing primitive types to specific storage slots.
 *
 * Storage slots are often used to avoid storage conflict when dealing with upgradeable contracts.
 * This library helps with reading and writing to such slots without the need for inline assembly.
 *
 * The functions in this library return Slot structs that contain a `value` member that can be used to read or write.
 *
 * Example usage to set ERC1967 implementation slot:
 * ```
 * contract ERC1967 {
 *     bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
 *
 *     function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
 *         return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
 *     }
 *
 *     function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) internal {
 *         require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
 *         StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * _Available since v4.1 for `address`, `bool`, `bytes32`, and `uint256`._
 */
library StorageSlotUpgradeable {
    struct AddressSlot {
        address value;
    }
    struct BooleanSlot {
        bool value;
    }
    struct Bytes32Slot {
        bytes32 value;
    }
    struct Uint256Slot {
        uint256 value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `AddressSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getAddressSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (AddressSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `BooleanSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBooleanSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BooleanSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Bytes32Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBytes32Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Bytes32Slot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Uint256Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getUint256Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Uint256Slot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
import { MerkleProof } from "lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol";
import { Signatures } from "./Signatures.sol";
import { AssetType, Order, Exchange, Listing, OrderType, FeeRate, Fees, Taker } from "./lib/Structs.sol";
import { IValidation } from "./interfaces/IValidation.sol";
abstract contract Validation is IValidation, Signatures {
    uint256 internal constant _BASIS_POINTS = 10_000;
    uint256 internal constant _MAX_PROTOCOL_FEE_RATE = 250;
    FeeRate public protocolFee;
    /* amountTaken[user][orderHash][listingIndex] */
    mapping(address => mapping(bytes32 => mapping(uint256 => uint256))) public amountTaken;
    constructor(address proxy) Signatures(proxy) {}
    /**
     * @notice Check if an order has expired
     * @param order Order to check liveness
     * @return Order is live
     */
    function _checkLiveness(Order memory order) private view returns (bool) {
        return (order.expirationTime > block.timestamp);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Check that the fees to be taken will not overflow the purchase price
     * @param makerFee Maker fee amount
     * @param fees Protocol and taker fee rates
     * @return Fees are valid
     */
    function _checkFee(FeeRate memory makerFee, Fees memory fees) private pure returns (bool) {
        return makerFee.rate + fees.takerFee.rate + fees.protocolFee.rate <= _BASIS_POINTS;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Validate a list of orders and prepare arrays for recording pending fulfillments
     * @param orders List of orders
     * @param orderType Order type for all orders
     * @param signatures Bytes array of the order signatures
     * @param fees Protocol and taker fee rates
     */
    function _validateOrders(
        Order[] memory orders,
        OrderType orderType,
        bytes memory signatures,
        Fees memory fees
    ) internal view returns (bool[] memory validOrders, uint256[][] memory pendingAmountTaken) {
        uint256 ordersLength = orders.length;
        validOrders = new bool[](ordersLength);
        pendingAmountTaken = new uint256[][](ordersLength);
        for (uint256 i; i < ordersLength; ) {
            pendingAmountTaken[i] = new uint256[](orders[i].numberOfListings);
            validOrders[i] = _validateOrder(orders[i], orderType, signatures, fees, i);
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Validate an order
     * @param order Order to validate
     * @param orderType Order type
     * @param signatures Bytes array of order signatures
     * @param fees Protocol and taker fee rates
     * @param signatureIndex Index of the order signature
     * @return Validity of the order
     */
    function _validateOrder(
        Order memory order,
        OrderType orderType,
        bytes memory signatures,
        Fees memory fees,
        uint256 signatureIndex
    ) internal view returns (bool) {
        bytes32 orderHash = hashOrder(order, orderType);
        /* After hashing, the salt is no longer needed so we can store the order hash here. */
        order.salt = uint256(orderHash);
        return _verifyAuthorization(
            order.trader,
            orderHash,
            signatures,
            signatureIndex
        ) &&
            _checkLiveness(order) &&
            _checkFee(order.makerFee, fees);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Validate a listing (only valid if the order has be prevalidated)
     * @dev Validation can be manipulated by inputting the same order twice in the orders array,
     * which will effectively bypass the `pendingAmountTaken` check. There is a safety check at the
     * execution phase that will revert the transaction if this manipulation overdraws an order.
     * @param order Order of the listing
     * @param orderType Order type
     * @param exchange Exchange containing the listing
     * @param validOrders List indicated which orders were validated
     * @param pendingAmountTaken Pending fulfillments from the current batch
     * @return validListing Validity of the listing
     */
    function _validateListingFromBatch(
        Order memory order,
        OrderType orderType,
        Exchange memory exchange,
        bool[] memory validOrders,
        uint256[][] memory pendingAmountTaken
    ) internal view returns (bool validListing) {
        Listing memory listing = exchange.listing;
        uint256 listingIndex = listing.index;
        uint256 amountTaken = amountTaken[order.trader][bytes32(order.salt)][listingIndex];
        uint256 pendingAmountTaken = pendingAmountTaken[exchange.index][listingIndex];
        uint256 takerAmount = exchange.taker.amount;
        unchecked {
            validListing =
                validOrders[exchange.index] &&
                _validateListing(order, orderType, exchange) &&
                pendingAmountTaken + takerAmount <= type(uint256).max - amountTaken &&
                amountTaken + pendingAmountTaken + takerAmount <= listing.amount;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Validate a listing and its proposed exchange
     * @param order Order of the listing
     * @param orderType Order type
     * @param exchange Exchange containing the listing
     * @return validListing Validity of the listing and its proposed exchange
     */
    function _validateListing(
        Order memory order,
        OrderType orderType,
        Exchange memory exchange
    ) private pure returns (bool validListing) {
        Listing memory listing = exchange.listing;
        validListing = MerkleProof.verify(exchange.proof, order.listingsRoot, hashListing(listing));
        Taker memory taker = exchange.taker;
        if (orderType == OrderType.ASK) {
            if (order.assetType == AssetType.ERC721) {
                validListing = validListing && taker.amount == 1 && listing.amount == 1;
            }
            validListing = validListing && listing.tokenId == taker.tokenId;
        } else {
            if (order.assetType == AssetType.ERC721) {
                validListing = validListing && taker.amount == 1;
            } else {
                validListing = validListing && listing.tokenId == taker.tokenId;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Validate both the listing and it's parent order (only for single executions)
     * @param order Order of the listing
     * @param orderType Order type
     * @param exchange Exchange containing the listing
     * @param signature Order signature
     * @param fees Protocol and taker fee rates
     * @return Validity of the order and listing
     */
    function _validateOrderAndListing(
        Order memory order,
        OrderType orderType,
        Exchange memory exchange,
        bytes memory signature,
        Fees memory fees
    ) internal view returns (bool) {
        Listing memory listing = exchange.listing;
        uint256 listingIndex = listing.index;
        return
            _validateOrder(order, orderType, signature, fees, 0) &&
            _validateListing(order, orderType, exchange) &&
            amountTaken[order.trader][bytes32(order.salt)][listingIndex] + exchange.taker.amount <=
            listing.amount;
    }
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
import { AssetType, OrderType, Transfer } from "../lib/Structs.sol";
interface IDelegate {
    function transfer(
        address caller,
        OrderType orderType,
        Transfer[] calldata transfers,
        uint256 length
    ) external returns (bool[] memory successful);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
import {
    Fees,
    FeeRate,
    Transfer,
    OrderType
} from "../lib/Structs.sol";
interface IExecutor {
    error ETHTransferFailed();
    error PoolTransferFailed();
    error PoolWithdrawFromFailed();
    error PoolDepositFailed();
    error OrderFulfilled();
    event Execution(
        Transfer transfer,
        bytes32 orderHash,
        uint256 listingIndex,
        uint256 price,
        FeeRate makerFee,
        Fees fees,
        OrderType orderType
    );
    event Execution721Packed(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        uint256 tokenIdListingIndexTrader,
        uint256 collectionPriceSide
    );
    event Execution721TakerFeePacked(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        uint256 tokenIdListingIndexTrader,
        uint256 collectionPriceSide,
        uint256 takerFeeRecipientRate
    );
    event Execution721MakerFeePacked(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        uint256 tokenIdListingIndexTrader,
        uint256 collectionPriceSide,
        uint256 makerFeeRecipientRate
    );
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev These functions deal with verification of Merkle Tree proofs.
 *
 * The tree and the proofs can be generated using our
 * https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/merkle-tree[JavaScript library].
 * You will find a quickstart guide in the readme.
 *
 * WARNING: You should avoid using leaf values that are 64 bytes long prior to
 * hashing, or use a hash function other than keccak256 for hashing leaves.
 * This is because the concatenation of a sorted pair of internal nodes in
 * the merkle tree could be reinterpreted as a leaf value.
 * OpenZeppelin's JavaScript library generates merkle trees that are safe
 * against this attack out of the box.
 */
library MerkleProof {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if a `leaf` can be proved to be a part of a Merkle tree
     * defined by `root`. For this, a `proof` must be provided, containing
     * sibling hashes on the branch from the leaf to the root of the tree. Each
     * pair of leaves and each pair of pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
     */
    function verify(bytes32[] memory proof, bytes32 root, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processProof(proof, leaf) == root;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {verify}
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function verifyCalldata(bytes32[] calldata proof, bytes32 root, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processProofCalldata(proof, leaf) == root;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the rebuilt hash obtained by traversing a Merkle tree up
     * from `leaf` using `proof`. A `proof` is valid if and only if the rebuilt
     * hash matches the root of the tree. When processing the proof, the pairs
     * of leafs & pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
     *
     * _Available since v4.4._
     */
    function processProof(bytes32[] memory proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
            computedHash = _hashPair(computedHash, proof[i]);
        }
        return computedHash;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {processProof}
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function processProofCalldata(bytes32[] calldata proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
            computedHash = _hashPair(computedHash, proof[i]);
        }
        return computedHash;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the `leaves` can be simultaneously proven to be a part of a merkle tree defined by
     * `root`, according to `proof` and `proofFlags` as described in {processMultiProof}.
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function multiProofVerify(
        bytes32[] memory proof,
        bool[] memory proofFlags,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processMultiProof(proof, proofFlags, leaves) == root;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {multiProofVerify}
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function multiProofVerifyCalldata(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bool[] calldata proofFlags,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processMultiProofCalldata(proof, proofFlags, leaves) == root;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the root of a tree reconstructed from `leaves` and sibling nodes in `proof`. The reconstruction
     * proceeds by incrementally reconstructing all inner nodes by combining a leaf/inner node with either another
     * leaf/inner node or a proof sibling node, depending on whether each `proofFlags` item is true or false
     * respectively.
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. To use multiproofs, it is sufficient to ensure that: 1) the tree
     * is complete (but not necessarily perfect), 2) the leaves to be proven are in the opposite order they are in the
     * tree (i.e., as seen from right to left starting at the deepest layer and continuing at the next layer).
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function processMultiProof(
        bytes32[] memory proof,
        bool[] memory proofFlags,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32 merkleRoot) {
        // This function rebuilds the root hash by traversing the tree up from the leaves. The root is rebuilt by
        // consuming and producing values on a queue. The queue starts with the `leaves` array, then goes onto the
        // `hashes` array. At the end of the process, the last hash in the `hashes` array should contain the root of
        // the merkle tree.
        uint256 leavesLen = leaves.length;
        uint256 totalHashes = proofFlags.length;
        // Check proof validity.
        require(leavesLen + proof.length - 1 == totalHashes, "MerkleProof: invalid multiproof");
        // The xxxPos values are "pointers" to the next value to consume in each array. All accesses are done using
        // `xxx[xxxPos++]`, which return the current value and increment the pointer, thus mimicking a queue's "pop".
        bytes32[] memory hashes = new bytes32[](totalHashes);
        uint256 leafPos = 0;
        uint256 hashPos = 0;
        uint256 proofPos = 0;
        // At each step, we compute the next hash using two values:
        // - a value from the "main queue". If not all leaves have been consumed, we get the next leaf, otherwise we
        //   get the next hash.
        // - depending on the flag, either another value from the "main queue" (merging branches) or an element from the
        //   `proof` array.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalHashes; i++) {
            bytes32 a = leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++];
            bytes32 b = proofFlags[i]
                ? (leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++])
                : proof[proofPos++];
            hashes[i] = _hashPair(a, b);
        }
        if (totalHashes > 0) {
            unchecked {
                return hashes[totalHashes - 1];
            }
        } else if (leavesLen > 0) {
            return leaves[0];
        } else {
            return proof[0];
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {processMultiProof}.
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function processMultiProofCalldata(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bool[] calldata proofFlags,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32 merkleRoot) {
        // This function rebuilds the root hash by traversing the tree up from the leaves. The root is rebuilt by
        // consuming and producing values on a queue. The queue starts with the `leaves` array, then goes onto the
        // `hashes` array. At the end of the process, the last hash in the `hashes` array should contain the root of
        // the merkle tree.
        uint256 leavesLen = leaves.length;
        uint256 totalHashes = proofFlags.length;
        // Check proof validity.
        require(leavesLen + proof.length - 1 == totalHashes, "MerkleProof: invalid multiproof");
        // The xxxPos values are "pointers" to the next value to consume in each array. All accesses are done using
        // `xxx[xxxPos++]`, which return the current value and increment the pointer, thus mimicking a queue's "pop".
        bytes32[] memory hashes = new bytes32[](totalHashes);
        uint256 leafPos = 0;
        uint256 hashPos = 0;
        uint256 proofPos = 0;
        // At each step, we compute the next hash using two values:
        // - a value from the "main queue". If not all leaves have been consumed, we get the next leaf, otherwise we
        //   get the next hash.
        // - depending on the flag, either another value from the "main queue" (merging branches) or an element from the
        //   `proof` array.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalHashes; i++) {
            bytes32 a = leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++];
            bytes32 b = proofFlags[i]
                ? (leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++])
                : proof[proofPos++];
            hashes[i] = _hashPair(a, b);
        }
        if (totalHashes > 0) {
            unchecked {
                return hashes[totalHashes - 1];
            }
        } else if (leavesLen > 0) {
            return leaves[0];
        } else {
            return proof[0];
        }
    }
    function _hashPair(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32) {
        return a < b ? _efficientHash(a, b) : _efficientHash(b, a);
    }
    function _efficientHash(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32 value) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            mstore(0x00, a)
            mstore(0x20, b)
            value := keccak256(0x00, 0x40)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
import "./lib/Constants.sol";
import {
    TakeAsk,
    TakeBid,
    TakeAskSingle,
    TakeBidSingle,
    FeeRate,
    Order,
    OrderType,
    AssetType,
    Listing
} from "./lib/Structs.sol";
import { ISignatures } from "./interfaces/ISignatures.sol";
abstract contract Signatures is ISignatures {
    string private constant _NAME = "Blur Exchange";
    string private constant _VERSION = "1.0";
    bytes32 private immutable _FEE_RATE_TYPEHASH;
    bytes32 private immutable _ORDER_TYPEHASH;
    bytes32 private immutable _DOMAIN_SEPARATOR;
    mapping(address => uint256) public oracles;
    mapping(address => uint256) public nonces;
    uint256 public blockRange;
    constructor(address proxy) {
        (_FEE_RATE_TYPEHASH, _ORDER_TYPEHASH, _DOMAIN_SEPARATOR) = _createTypehashes(proxy);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Verify the domain separator produced during deployment of the implementation matches that of the proxy
     */
    function verifyDomain() public view {
        bytes32 eip712DomainTypehash = keccak256(
            bytes.concat(
                "EIP712Domain(",
                "string name,",
                "string version,",
                "uint256 chainId,",
                "address verifyingContract",
                ")"
            )
        );
        bytes32 domainSeparator = _hashDomain(
            eip712DomainTypehash,
            keccak256(bytes(_NAME)),
            keccak256(bytes(_VERSION)),
            address(this)
        );
        if (_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR != domainSeparator) {
            revert InvalidDomain();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Return version and domain separator
     */
    function information() external view returns (string memory version, bytes32 domainSeparator) {
        version = _VERSION;
        domainSeparator = _DOMAIN_SEPARATOR;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Create a hash of TakeAsk calldata with an approved caller
     * @param inputs TakeAsk inputs
     * @param _caller Address approved to execute the calldata
     * @return Calldata hash
     */
    function hashTakeAsk(TakeAsk memory inputs, address _caller) external pure returns (bytes32) {
        return _hashCalldata(_caller);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Create a hash of TakeBid calldata with an approved caller
     * @param inputs TakeBid inputs
     * @param _caller Address approved to execute the calldata
     * @return Calldata hash
     */
    function hashTakeBid(TakeBid memory inputs, address _caller) external pure returns (bytes32) {
        return _hashCalldata(_caller);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Create a hash of TakeAskSingle calldata with an approved caller
     * @param inputs TakeAskSingle inputs
     * @param _caller Address approved to execute the calldata
     * @return Calldata hash
     */
    function hashTakeAskSingle(
        TakeAskSingle memory inputs,
        address _caller
    ) external pure returns (bytes32) {
        return _hashCalldata(_caller);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Create a hash of TakeBidSingle calldata with an approved caller
     * @param inputs TakeBidSingle inputs
     * @param _caller Address approved to execute the calldata
     * @return Calldata hash
     */
    function hashTakeBidSingle(
        TakeBidSingle memory inputs,
        address _caller
    ) external pure returns (bytes32) {
        return _hashCalldata(_caller);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Create an EIP712 hash of an Order
     * @dev Includes two additional parameters not in the struct (orderType, nonce)
     * @param order Order to hash
     * @param orderType OrderType of the Order
     * @return Order EIP712 hash
     */
    function hashOrder(Order memory order, OrderType orderType) public view returns (bytes32) {
        return
            keccak256(
                abi.encode(
                    _ORDER_TYPEHASH,
                    order.trader,
                    order.collection,
                    order.listingsRoot,
                    order.numberOfListings,
                    order.expirationTime,
                    order.assetType,
                    _hashFeeRate(order.makerFee),
                    order.salt,
                    orderType,
                    nonces[order.trader]
                )
            );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Create a hash of a Listing struct
     * @param listing Listing to hash
     * @return Listing hash
     */
    function hashListing(Listing memory listing) public pure returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encode(listing.index, listing.tokenId, listing.amount, listing.price));
    }
    /**
     * @notice Create a hash of calldata with an approved caller
     * @param _caller Address approved to execute the calldata
     * @return hash Calldata hash
     */
    function _hashCalldata(address _caller) internal pure returns (bytes32 hash) {
        assembly {
            let nextPointer := mload(0x40)
            let size := add(sub(nextPointer, 0x80), 0x20)
            mstore(nextPointer, _caller)
            hash := keccak256(0x80, size)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Create an EIP712 hash of a FeeRate struct
     * @param feeRate FeeRate to hash
     * @return FeeRate EIP712 hash
     */
    function _hashFeeRate(FeeRate memory feeRate) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encode(_FEE_RATE_TYPEHASH, feeRate.recipient, feeRate.rate));
    }
    /**
     * @notice Create an EIP712 hash to sign
     * @param hash Primary EIP712 object hash
     * @return EIP712 hash
     */
    function _hashToSign(bytes32 hash) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(bytes.concat(bytes2(0x1901), _DOMAIN_SEPARATOR, hash));
    }
    /**
     * @notice Generate all EIP712 Typehashes
     */
    function _createTypehashes(
        address proxy
    )
        private
        view
        returns (bytes32 feeRateTypehash, bytes32 orderTypehash, bytes32 domainSeparator)
    {
        bytes32 eip712DomainTypehash = keccak256(
            bytes.concat(
                "EIP712Domain(",
                "string name,",
                "string version,",
                "uint256 chainId,",
                "address verifyingContract",
                ")"
            )
        );
        bytes memory feeRateTypestring = "FeeRate(address recipient,uint16 rate)";
        orderTypehash = keccak256(
            bytes.concat(
                "Order(",
                "address trader,",
                "address collection,",
                "bytes32 listingsRoot,",
                "uint256 numberOfListings,",
                "uint256 expirationTime,",
                "uint8 assetType,",
                "FeeRate makerFee,",
                "uint256 salt,",
                "uint8 orderType,",
                "uint256 nonce",
                ")",
                feeRateTypestring
            )
        );
        feeRateTypehash = keccak256(feeRateTypestring);
        domainSeparator = _hashDomain(
            eip712DomainTypehash,
            keccak256(bytes(_NAME)),
            keccak256(bytes(_VERSION)),
            proxy
        );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Create an EIP712 domain separator
     * @param eip712DomainTypehash Typehash of the EIP712Domain struct
     * @param nameHash Hash of the contract name
     * @param versionHash Hash of the version string
     * @param proxy Address of the proxy this implementation will be behind
     * @return EIP712Domain hash
     */
    function _hashDomain(
        bytes32 eip712DomainTypehash,
        bytes32 nameHash,
        bytes32 versionHash,
        address proxy
    ) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return
            keccak256(
                abi.encode(eip712DomainTypehash, nameHash, versionHash, block.chainid, proxy)
            );
    }
    /**
     * @notice Verify EIP712 signature
     * @param signer Address of the alleged signer
     * @param hash EIP712 hash
     * @param signatures Packed bytes array of order signatures
     * @param index Index of the signature to verify
     * @return authorized Validity of the signature
     */
    function _verifyAuthorization(
        address signer,
        bytes32 hash,
        bytes memory signatures,
        uint256 index
    ) internal view returns (bool authorized) {
        bytes32 hashToSign = _hashToSign(hash);
        bytes32 r;
        bytes32 s;
        uint8 v;
        assembly {
            let signatureOffset := add(add(signatures, One_word), mul(Signatures_size, index))
            r := mload(signatureOffset)
            s := mload(add(signatureOffset, Signatures_s_offset))
            v := shr(Bytes1_shift, mload(add(signatureOffset, Signatures_v_offset)))
        }
        authorized = _verify(signer, hashToSign, v, r, s);
    }
    modifier verifyOracleSignature(bytes32 hash, bytes calldata oracleSignature) {
        bytes32 r;
        bytes32 s;
        uint8 v;
        uint32 blockNumber;
        address oracle;
        assembly {
            let signatureOffset := oracleSignature.offset
            r := calldataload(signatureOffset)
            s := calldataload(add(signatureOffset, OracleSignatures_s_offset))
            v := shr(Bytes1_shift, calldataload(add(signatureOffset, OracleSignatures_v_offset)))
            blockNumber := shr(
                Bytes4_shift,
                calldataload(add(signatureOffset, OracleSignatures_blockNumber_offset))
            )
            oracle := shr(
                Bytes20_shift,
                calldataload(add(signatureOffset, OracleSignatures_oracle_offset))
            )
        }
        if (blockNumber + blockRange < block.number) {
            revert ExpiredOracleSignature();
        }
        if (oracles[oracle] == 0) {
            revert UnauthorizedOracle();
        }
        if (!_verify(oracle, keccak256(abi.encodePacked(hash, blockNumber)), v, r, s)) {
            revert InvalidOracleSignature();
        }
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Verify signature of digest
     * @param signer Address of expected signer
     * @param digest Signature digest
     * @param v v parameter
     * @param r r parameter
     * @param s s parameter
     */
    function _verify(
        address signer,
        bytes32 digest,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) private pure returns (bool valid) {
        address recoveredSigner = ecrecover(digest, v, r, s);
        if (recoveredSigner != address(0) && recoveredSigner == signer) {
            valid = true;
        }
    }
    uint256[47] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
import { FeeRate } from "../lib/Structs.sol";
interface IValidation {
    function protocolFee() external view returns (address, uint16);
    function amountTaken(address user, bytes32 hash, uint256 listingIndex) external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
import {
    TakeAsk,
    TakeBid,
    TakeAskSingle,
    TakeBidSingle,
    Order,
    OrderType,
    Listing
} from "../lib/Structs.sol";
interface ISignatures {
    error Unauthorized();
    error ExpiredOracleSignature();
    error UnauthorizedOracle();
    error InvalidOracleSignature();
    error InvalidDomain();
    function oracles(address oracle) external view returns (uint256);
    function nonces(address user) external view returns (uint256);
    function blockRange() external view returns (uint256);
    function verifyDomain() external view;
    function information() external view returns (string memory version, bytes32 domainSeparator);
    function hashListing(Listing memory listing) external pure returns (bytes32);
    function hashOrder(Order memory order, OrderType orderType) external view returns (bytes32);
    function hashTakeAsk(TakeAsk memory inputs, address _caller) external pure returns (bytes32);
    function hashTakeBid(TakeBid memory inputs, address _caller) external pure returns (bytes32);
    function hashTakeAskSingle(TakeAskSingle memory inputs, address _caller) external pure returns (bytes32);
    function hashTakeBidSingle(TakeBidSingle memory inputs, address _caller) external pure returns (bytes32);
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
import { ERC721 } from "lib/solmate/src/tokens/ERC721.sol";
import { ERC1155 } from "lib/solmate/src/tokens/ERC1155.sol";
import { ERC20 } from "lib/solmate/src/tokens/ERC20.sol";
import "./lib/Constants.sol";
import { AssetType, OrderType, Transfer } from "./lib/Structs.sol";
contract Delegate {
    error Unauthorized();
    error InvalidLength();
    address private immutable _EXCHANGE;
    constructor(address exchange) {
        _EXCHANGE = exchange;
    }
    modifier onlyApproved() {
        if (msg.sender != _EXCHANGE) {
            revert Unauthorized();
        }
        _;
    }
    function transfer(
        address taker,
        OrderType orderType,
        Transfer[] calldata transfers,
        uint256 length
    ) external onlyApproved returns (bool[] memory successful) {
        if (transfers.length < length) {
            revert InvalidLength();
        }
        successful = new bool[](length);
        for (uint256 i; i < length; ) {
            assembly {
                let calldataPointer := mload(0x40)
                let transfersPointer := add(transfers.offset, mul(Transfer_size, i))
                let assetType := calldataload(add(transfersPointer, Transfer_assetType_offset))
                switch assetType
                case 0 {
                    // AssetType_ERC721
                    mstore(calldataPointer, ERC721_safeTransferFrom_selector)
                    switch orderType
                    case 0 {
                        // OrderType_ASK; taker is recipient
                        mstore(add(calldataPointer, ERC721_safeTransferFrom_to_offset), taker)
                        mstore(
                            add(calldataPointer, ERC721_safeTransferFrom_from_offset),
                            calldataload(add(transfersPointer, Transfer_trader_offset))
                        )
                    }
                    case 1 {
                        // OrderType_BID; taker is sender
                        mstore(add(calldataPointer, ERC721_safeTransferFrom_from_offset), taker)
                        mstore(
                            add(calldataPointer, ERC721_safeTransferFrom_to_offset),
                            calldataload(add(transfersPointer, Transfer_trader_offset))
                        )
                    }
                    default {
                        revert(0, 0)
                    }
                    mstore(
                        add(calldataPointer, ERC721_safeTransferFrom_id_offset),
                        calldataload(add(transfersPointer, Transfer_id_offset))
                    )
                    let collection := calldataload(
                        add(transfersPointer, Transfer_collection_offset)
                    )
                    let success := call(
                        gas(),
                        collection,
                        0,
                        calldataPointer,
                        ERC721_safeTransferFrom_size,
                        0,
                        0
                    )
                    mstore(add(add(successful, 0x20), mul(0x20, i)), success)
                }
                case 1 {
                    // AssetType_ERC1155
                    mstore(calldataPointer, ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_selector)
                    switch orderType
                    case 0 {
                        // OrderType_ASK; taker is recipient
                        mstore(
                            add(calldataPointer, ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_offset),
                            calldataload(
                                add(
                                    transfersPointer,
                                    Transfer_trader_offset
                                )
                            )
                        )
                        mstore(add(calldataPointer, ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_offset), taker)
                    }
                    case 1 {
                        // OrderType_BID; taker is sender
                        mstore(
                            add(calldataPointer, ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_offset),
                            calldataload(
                                add(
                                    transfersPointer,
                                    Transfer_trader_offset
                                )
                            )
                        )
                        mstore(add(calldataPointer, ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_offset), taker)
                    }
                    default {
                        revert(0, 0)
                    }
                    mstore(add(calldataPointer, ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_pointer_offset), 0xa0)
                    mstore(add(calldataPointer, ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset), 0)
                    mstore(
                        add(calldataPointer, ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_offset),
                        calldataload(
                            add(transfersPointer, Transfer_id_offset)
                        )
                    )
                    mstore(
                        add(calldataPointer, ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_offset),
                        calldataload(
                            add(
                                transfersPointer,
                                Transfer_amount_offset
                            )
                        )
                    )
                    let collection := calldataload(
                        add(
                            transfersPointer,
                            Transfer_collection_offset
                        )
                    )
                    let success := call(
                        gas(),
                        collection,
                        0,
                        calldataPointer,
                        ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_size,
                        0,
                        0
                    )
                    mstore(add(add(successful, 0x20), mul(0x20, i)), success)
                }
                default {
                    revert(0, 0)
                }
            }
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.8.0;
/// @notice Modern, minimalist, and gas efficient ERC-721 implementation.
/// @author Solmate (https://github.com/transmissions11/solmate/blob/main/src/tokens/ERC721.sol)
abstract contract ERC721 {
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                 EVENTS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed id);
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 indexed id);
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                         METADATA STORAGE/LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    string public name;
    string public symbol;
    function tokenURI(uint256 id) public view virtual returns (string memory);
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                      ERC721 BALANCE/OWNER STORAGE
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    mapping(uint256 => address) internal _ownerOf;
    mapping(address => uint256) internal _balanceOf;
    function ownerOf(uint256 id) public view virtual returns (address owner) {
        require((owner = _ownerOf[id]) != address(0), "NOT_MINTED");
    }
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        require(owner != address(0), "ZERO_ADDRESS");
        return _balanceOf[owner];
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                         ERC721 APPROVAL STORAGE
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    mapping(uint256 => address) public getApproved;
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) public isApprovedForAll;
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                               CONSTRUCTOR
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    constructor(string memory _name, string memory _symbol) {
        name = _name;
        symbol = _symbol;
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                              ERC721 LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function approve(address spender, uint256 id) public virtual {
        address owner = _ownerOf[id];
        require(msg.sender == owner || isApprovedForAll[owner][msg.sender], "NOT_AUTHORIZED");
        getApproved[id] = spender;
        emit Approval(owner, spender, id);
    }
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual {
        isApprovedForAll[msg.sender][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(msg.sender, operator, approved);
    }
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 id
    ) public virtual {
        require(from == _ownerOf[id], "WRONG_FROM");
        require(to != address(0), "INVALID_RECIPIENT");
        require(
            msg.sender == from || isApprovedForAll[from][msg.sender] || msg.sender == getApproved[id],
            "NOT_AUTHORIZED"
        );
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        unchecked {
            _balanceOf[from]--;
            _balanceOf[to]++;
        }
        _ownerOf[id] = to;
        delete getApproved[id];
        emit Transfer(from, to, id);
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 id
    ) public virtual {
        transferFrom(from, to, id);
        require(
            to.code.length == 0 ||
                ERC721TokenReceiver(to).onERC721Received(msg.sender, from, id, "") ==
                ERC721TokenReceiver.onERC721Received.selector,
            "UNSAFE_RECIPIENT"
        );
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        bytes calldata data
    ) public virtual {
        transferFrom(from, to, id);
        require(
            to.code.length == 0 ||
                ERC721TokenReceiver(to).onERC721Received(msg.sender, from, id, data) ==
                ERC721TokenReceiver.onERC721Received.selector,
            "UNSAFE_RECIPIENT"
        );
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                              ERC165 LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == 0x01ffc9a7 || // ERC165 Interface ID for ERC165
            interfaceId == 0x80ac58cd || // ERC165 Interface ID for ERC721
            interfaceId == 0x5b5e139f; // ERC165 Interface ID for ERC721Metadata
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        INTERNAL MINT/BURN LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function _mint(address to, uint256 id) internal virtual {
        require(to != address(0), "INVALID_RECIPIENT");
        require(_ownerOf[id] == address(0), "ALREADY_MINTED");
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic.
        unchecked {
            _balanceOf[to]++;
        }
        _ownerOf[id] = to;
        emit Transfer(address(0), to, id);
    }
    function _burn(uint256 id) internal virtual {
        address owner = _ownerOf[id];
        require(owner != address(0), "NOT_MINTED");
        // Ownership check above ensures no underflow.
        unchecked {
            _balanceOf[owner]--;
        }
        delete _ownerOf[id];
        delete getApproved[id];
        emit Transfer(owner, address(0), id);
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        INTERNAL SAFE MINT LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 id) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, id);
        require(
            to.code.length == 0 ||
                ERC721TokenReceiver(to).onERC721Received(msg.sender, address(0), id, "") ==
                ERC721TokenReceiver.onERC721Received.selector,
            "UNSAFE_RECIPIENT"
        );
    }
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, id);
        require(
            to.code.length == 0 ||
                ERC721TokenReceiver(to).onERC721Received(msg.sender, address(0), id, data) ==
                ERC721TokenReceiver.onERC721Received.selector,
            "UNSAFE_RECIPIENT"
        );
    }
}
/// @notice A generic interface for a contract which properly accepts ERC721 tokens.
/// @author Solmate (https://github.com/transmissions11/solmate/blob/main/src/tokens/ERC721.sol)
abstract contract ERC721TokenReceiver {
    function onERC721Received(
        address,
        address,
        uint256,
        bytes calldata
    ) external virtual returns (bytes4) {
        return ERC721TokenReceiver.onERC721Received.selector;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.8.0;
/// @notice Minimalist and gas efficient standard ERC1155 implementation.
/// @author Solmate (https://github.com/transmissions11/solmate/blob/main/src/tokens/ERC1155.sol)
abstract contract ERC1155 {
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                 EVENTS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    event TransferSingle(
        address indexed operator,
        address indexed from,
        address indexed to,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 amount
    );
    event TransferBatch(
        address indexed operator,
        address indexed from,
        address indexed to,
        uint256[] ids,
        uint256[] amounts
    );
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    event URI(string value, uint256 indexed id);
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                             ERC1155 STORAGE
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    mapping(address => mapping(uint256 => uint256)) public balanceOf;
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) public isApprovedForAll;
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                             METADATA LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function uri(uint256 id) public view virtual returns (string memory);
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                              ERC1155 LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual {
        isApprovedForAll[msg.sender][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(msg.sender, operator, approved);
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes calldata data
    ) public virtual {
        require(msg.sender == from || isApprovedForAll[from][msg.sender], "NOT_AUTHORIZED");
        balanceOf[from][id] -= amount;
        balanceOf[to][id] += amount;
        emit TransferSingle(msg.sender, from, to, id, amount);
        require(
            to.code.length == 0
                ? to != address(0)
                : ERC1155TokenReceiver(to).onERC1155Received(msg.sender, from, id, amount, data) ==
                    ERC1155TokenReceiver.onERC1155Received.selector,
            "UNSAFE_RECIPIENT"
        );
    }
    function safeBatchTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] calldata ids,
        uint256[] calldata amounts,
        bytes calldata data
    ) public virtual {
        require(ids.length == amounts.length, "LENGTH_MISMATCH");
        require(msg.sender == from || isApprovedForAll[from][msg.sender], "NOT_AUTHORIZED");
        // Storing these outside the loop saves ~15 gas per iteration.
        uint256 id;
        uint256 amount;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; ) {
            id = ids[i];
            amount = amounts[i];
            balanceOf[from][id] -= amount;
            balanceOf[to][id] += amount;
            // An array can't have a total length
            // larger than the max uint256 value.
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        emit TransferBatch(msg.sender, from, to, ids, amounts);
        require(
            to.code.length == 0
                ? to != address(0)
                : ERC1155TokenReceiver(to).onERC1155BatchReceived(msg.sender, from, ids, amounts, data) ==
                    ERC1155TokenReceiver.onERC1155BatchReceived.selector,
            "UNSAFE_RECIPIENT"
        );
    }
    function balanceOfBatch(address[] calldata owners, uint256[] calldata ids)
        public
        view
        virtual
        returns (uint256[] memory balances)
    {
        require(owners.length == ids.length, "LENGTH_MISMATCH");
        balances = new uint256[](owners.length);
        // Unchecked because the only math done is incrementing
        // the array index counter which cannot possibly overflow.
        unchecked {
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < owners.length; ++i) {
                balances[i] = balanceOf[owners[i]][ids[i]];
            }
        }
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                              ERC165 LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == 0x01ffc9a7 || // ERC165 Interface ID for ERC165
            interfaceId == 0xd9b67a26 || // ERC165 Interface ID for ERC1155
            interfaceId == 0x0e89341c; // ERC165 Interface ID for ERC1155MetadataURI
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        INTERNAL MINT/BURN LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function _mint(
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        balanceOf[to][id] += amount;
        emit TransferSingle(msg.sender, address(0), to, id, amount);
        require(
            to.code.length == 0
                ? to != address(0)
                : ERC1155TokenReceiver(to).onERC1155Received(msg.sender, address(0), id, amount, data) ==
                    ERC1155TokenReceiver.onERC1155Received.selector,
            "UNSAFE_RECIPIENT"
        );
    }
    function _batchMint(
        address to,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory amounts,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        uint256 idsLength = ids.length; // Saves MLOADs.
        require(idsLength == amounts.length, "LENGTH_MISMATCH");
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < idsLength; ) {
            balanceOf[to][ids[i]] += amounts[i];
            // An array can't have a total length
            // larger than the max uint256 value.
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        emit TransferBatch(msg.sender, address(0), to, ids, amounts);
        require(
            to.code.length == 0
                ? to != address(0)
                : ERC1155TokenReceiver(to).onERC1155BatchReceived(msg.sender, address(0), ids, amounts, data) ==
                    ERC1155TokenReceiver.onERC1155BatchReceived.selector,
            "UNSAFE_RECIPIENT"
        );
    }
    function _batchBurn(
        address from,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory amounts
    ) internal virtual {
        uint256 idsLength = ids.length; // Saves MLOADs.
        require(idsLength == amounts.length, "LENGTH_MISMATCH");
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < idsLength; ) {
            balanceOf[from][ids[i]] -= amounts[i];
            // An array can't have a total length
            // larger than the max uint256 value.
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        emit TransferBatch(msg.sender, from, address(0), ids, amounts);
    }
    function _burn(
        address from,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal virtual {
        balanceOf[from][id] -= amount;
        emit TransferSingle(msg.sender, from, address(0), id, amount);
    }
}
/// @notice A generic interface for a contract which properly accepts ERC1155 tokens.
/// @author Solmate (https://github.com/transmissions11/solmate/blob/main/src/tokens/ERC1155.sol)
abstract contract ERC1155TokenReceiver {
    function onERC1155Received(
        address,
        address,
        uint256,
        uint256,
        bytes calldata
    ) external virtual returns (bytes4) {
        return ERC1155TokenReceiver.onERC1155Received.selector;
    }
    function onERC1155BatchReceived(
        address,
        address,
        uint256[] calldata,
        uint256[] calldata,
        bytes calldata
    ) external virtual returns (bytes4) {
        return ERC1155TokenReceiver.onERC1155BatchReceived.selector;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: AGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.8.0;
/// @notice Modern and gas efficient ERC20 + EIP-2612 implementation.
/// @author Solmate (https://github.com/transmissions11/solmate/blob/main/src/tokens/ERC20.sol)
/// @author Modified from Uniswap (https://github.com/Uniswap/uniswap-v2-core/blob/master/contracts/UniswapV2ERC20.sol)
/// @dev Do not manually set balances without updating totalSupply, as the sum of all user balances must not exceed it.
abstract contract ERC20 {
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                 EVENTS
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 amount);
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 amount);
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            METADATA STORAGE
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    string public name;
    string public symbol;
    uint8 public immutable decimals;
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                              ERC20 STORAGE
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    uint256 public totalSupply;
    mapping(address => uint256) public balanceOf;
    mapping(address => mapping(address => uint256)) public allowance;
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                            EIP-2612 STORAGE
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    uint256 internal immutable INITIAL_CHAIN_ID;
    bytes32 internal immutable INITIAL_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR;
    mapping(address => uint256) public nonces;
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                               CONSTRUCTOR
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    constructor(
        string memory _name,
        string memory _symbol,
        uint8 _decimals
    ) {
        name = _name;
        symbol = _symbol;
        decimals = _decimals;
        INITIAL_CHAIN_ID = block.chainid;
        INITIAL_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR = computeDomainSeparator();
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                               ERC20 LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) public virtual returns (bool) {
        allowance[msg.sender][spender] = amount;
        emit Approval(msg.sender, spender, amount);
        return true;
    }
    function transfer(address to, uint256 amount) public virtual returns (bool) {
        balanceOf[msg.sender] -= amount;
        // Cannot overflow because the sum of all user
        // balances can't exceed the max uint256 value.
        unchecked {
            balanceOf[to] += amount;
        }
        emit Transfer(msg.sender, to, amount);
        return true;
    }
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) public virtual returns (bool) {
        uint256 allowed = allowance[from][msg.sender]; // Saves gas for limited approvals.
        if (allowed != type(uint256).max) allowance[from][msg.sender] = allowed - amount;
        balanceOf[from] -= amount;
        // Cannot overflow because the sum of all user
        // balances can't exceed the max uint256 value.
        unchecked {
            balanceOf[to] += amount;
        }
        emit Transfer(from, to, amount);
        return true;
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                             EIP-2612 LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function permit(
        address owner,
        address spender,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) public virtual {
        require(deadline >= block.timestamp, "PERMIT_DEADLINE_EXPIRED");
        // Unchecked because the only math done is incrementing
        // the owner's nonce which cannot realistically overflow.
        unchecked {
            address recoveredAddress = ecrecover(
                keccak256(
                    abi.encodePacked(
                        "\\x19\\x01",
                        DOMAIN_SEPARATOR(),
                        keccak256(
                            abi.encode(
                                keccak256(
                                    "Permit(address owner,address spender,uint256 value,uint256 nonce,uint256 deadline)"
                                ),
                                owner,
                                spender,
                                value,
                                nonces[owner]++,
                                deadline
                            )
                        )
                    )
                ),
                v,
                r,
                s
            );
            require(recoveredAddress != address(0) && recoveredAddress == owner, "INVALID_SIGNER");
            allowance[recoveredAddress][spender] = value;
        }
        emit Approval(owner, spender, value);
    }
    function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() public view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        return block.chainid == INITIAL_CHAIN_ID ? INITIAL_DOMAIN_SEPARATOR : computeDomainSeparator();
    }
    function computeDomainSeparator() internal view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        return
            keccak256(
                abi.encode(
                    keccak256("EIP712Domain(string name,string version,uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)"),
                    keccak256(bytes(name)),
                    keccak256("1"),
                    block.chainid,
                    address(this)
                )
            );
    }
    /*//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
                        INTERNAL MINT/BURN LOGIC
    //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////*/
    function _mint(address to, uint256 amount) internal virtual {
        totalSupply += amount;
        // Cannot overflow because the sum of all user
        // balances can't exceed the max uint256 value.
        unchecked {
            balanceOf[to] += amount;
        }
        emit Transfer(address(0), to, amount);
    }
    function _burn(address from, uint256 amount) internal virtual {
        balanceOf[from] -= amount;
        // Cannot underflow because a user's balance
        // will never be larger than the total supply.
        unchecked {
            totalSupply -= amount;
        }
        emit Transfer(from, address(0), amount);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity 0.8.17;
uint256 constant Bytes1_shift = 0xf8;
uint256 constant Bytes4_shift = 0xe0;
uint256 constant Bytes20_shift = 0x60;
uint256 constant One_word = 0x20;
uint256 constant Memory_pointer = 0x40;
uint256 constant AssetType_ERC721 = 0;
uint256 constant AssetType_ERC1155 = 1;
uint256 constant OrderType_ASK = 0;
uint256 constant OrderType_BID = 1;
uint256 constant Pool_withdrawFrom_selector = 0x9555a94200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
uint256 constant Pool_withdrawFrom_from_offset = 0x04;
uint256 constant Pool_withdrawFrom_to_offset = 0x24;
uint256 constant Pool_withdrawFrom_amount_offset = 0x44;
uint256 constant Pool_withdrawFrom_size = 0x64;
uint256 constant Pool_deposit_selector = 0xf340fa0100000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
uint256 constant Pool_deposit_user_offset = 0x04;
uint256 constant Pool_deposit_size = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_selector = 0x23b872dd00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
uint256 constant ERC721_safeTransferFrom_selector = 0x42842e0e00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_selector = 0xf242432a00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_size = 0x64;
uint256 constant ERC721_safeTransferFrom_size = 0x64;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_size = 0xc4;
uint256 constant OracleSignatures_size = 0x59;
uint256 constant OracleSignatures_s_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant OracleSignatures_v_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant OracleSignatures_blockNumber_offset = 0x41;
uint256 constant OracleSignatures_oracle_offset = 0x45;
uint256 constant Signatures_size = 0x41;
uint256 constant Signatures_s_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Signatures_v_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_from_offset = 0x4;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_to_offset = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_amount_offset = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC721_safeTransferFrom_from_offset = 0x4;
uint256 constant ERC721_safeTransferFrom_to_offset = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC721_safeTransferFrom_id_offset = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_offset = 0x4;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_offset = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_offset = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_offset = 0x64;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_pointer_offset = 0x84;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset = 0xa4;
uint256 constant Delegate_transfer_selector = 0xa1ccb98e00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000;
uint256 constant Delegate_transfer_calldata_offset = 0x1c;
uint256 constant Order_size = 0x100;
uint256 constant Order_trader_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant Order_collection_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Order_listingsRoot_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant Order_numberOfListings_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant Order_expirationTime_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant Order_assetType_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant Order_makerFee_offset = 0xc0;
uint256 constant Order_salt_offset = 0xe0;
uint256 constant Exchange_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant Exchange_askIndex_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant Exchange_proof_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Exchange_maker_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant Exchange_taker_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant BidExchange_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant BidExchange_askIndex_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant BidExchange_proof_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant BidExchange_maker_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant BidExchange_taker_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant Listing_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant Listing_index_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant Listing_tokenId_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Listing_amount_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant Listing_price_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant Taker_size = 0x40;
uint256 constant Taker_tokenId_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant Taker_amount_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant StateUpdate_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant StateUpdate_salt_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant StateUpdate_leaf_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant StateUpdate_value_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant Transfer_size = 0xa0;
uint256 constant Transfer_trader_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant Transfer_id_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Transfer_amount_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant Transfer_collection_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant Transfer_assetType_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_selector_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_calldata_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_base_size = 0xa0; // size of the executionBatch without the flattened dynamic elements
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_taker_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_orderType_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_transfers_pointer_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_length_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant ExecutionBatch_transfers_offset = 0x80;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.17;
struct TakeAsk {
    Order[] orders;
    Exchange[] exchanges;
    FeeRate takerFee;
    bytes signatures;
    address tokenRecipient;
}
struct TakeAskSingle {
    Order order;
    Exchange exchange;
    FeeRate takerFee;
    bytes signature;
    address tokenRecipient;
}
struct TakeBid {
    Order[] orders;
    Exchange[] exchanges;
    FeeRate takerFee;
    bytes signatures;
}
struct TakeBidSingle {
    Order order;
    Exchange exchange;
    FeeRate takerFee;
    bytes signature;
}
enum AssetType {
    ERC721,
    ERC1155
}
enum OrderType {
    ASK,
    BID
}
struct Exchange { // Size: 0x80
    uint256 index; // 0x00
    bytes32[] proof; // 0x20
    Listing listing; // 0x40
    Taker taker; // 0x60
}
struct Listing { // Size: 0x80
    uint256 index; // 0x00
    uint256 tokenId; // 0x20
    uint256 amount; // 0x40
    uint256 price; // 0x60
}
struct Taker { // Size: 0x40
    uint256 tokenId; // 0x00
    uint256 amount; // 0x20
}
struct Order { // Size: 0x100
    address trader; // 0x00
    address collection; // 0x20
    bytes32 listingsRoot; // 0x40
    uint256 numberOfListings; // 0x60
    uint256 expirationTime; // 0x80
    AssetType assetType; // 0xa0
    FeeRate makerFee; // 0xc0
    uint256 salt; // 0xe0
}
/*
Reference only; struct is composed manually using calldata formatting in execution
struct ExecutionBatch { // Size: 0x80
    address taker; // 0x00
    OrderType orderType; // 0x20
    Transfer[] transfers; // 0x40
    uint256 length; // 0x60
}
*/
struct Transfer { // Size: 0xa0
    address trader; // 0x00
    uint256 id; // 0x20
    uint256 amount; // 0x40
    address collection; // 0x60
    AssetType assetType; // 0x80
}
struct FungibleTransfers {
    uint256 totalProtocolFee;
    uint256 totalSellerTransfer;
    uint256 totalTakerFee;
    uint256 feeRecipientId;
    uint256 makerId;
    address[] feeRecipients;
    address[] makers;
    uint256[] makerTransfers;
    uint256[] feeTransfers;
    AtomicExecution[] executions;
}
struct AtomicExecution { // Size: 0xe0
    uint256 makerId; // 0x00
    uint256 sellerAmount; // 0x20
    uint256 makerFeeRecipientId; // 0x40
    uint256 makerFeeAmount; // 0x60
    uint256 takerFeeAmount; // 0x80
    uint256 protocolFeeAmount; // 0xa0
    StateUpdate stateUpdate; // 0xc0
}
struct StateUpdate { // Size: 0xa0
    address trader; // 0x00
    bytes32 hash; // 0x20
    uint256 index; // 0x40
    uint256 value; // 0x60
    uint256 maxAmount; // 0x80
}
struct Fees { // Size: 0x40
    FeeRate protocolFee; // 0x00
    FeeRate takerFee; // 0x20
}
struct FeeRate { // Size: 0x40
    address recipient; // 0x00
    uint16 rate; // 0x20
}
struct Cancel {
    bytes32 hash;
    uint256 index;
    uint256 amount;
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract OwnableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    function __Ownable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Ownable_init_unchained();
    }
    function __Ownable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (finance/PaymentSplitter.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import "../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @title PaymentSplitter
 * @dev This contract allows to split Ether payments among a group of accounts. The sender does not need to be aware
 * that the Ether will be split in this way, since it is handled transparently by the contract.
 *
 * The split can be in equal parts or in any other arbitrary proportion. The way this is specified is by assigning each
 * account to a number of shares. Of all the Ether that this contract receives, each account will then be able to claim
 * an amount proportional to the percentage of total shares they were assigned. The distribution of shares is set at the
 * time of contract deployment and can't be updated thereafter.
 *
 * `PaymentSplitter` follows a _pull payment_ model. This means that payments are not automatically forwarded to the
 * accounts but kept in this contract, and the actual transfer is triggered as a separate step by calling the {release}
 * function.
 *
 * NOTE: This contract assumes that ERC20 tokens will behave similarly to native tokens (Ether). Rebasing tokens, and
 * tokens that apply fees during transfers, are likely to not be supported as expected. If in doubt, we encourage you
 * to run tests before sending real value to this contract.
 */
contract PaymentSplitterUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    event PayeeAdded(address account, uint256 shares);
    event PaymentReleased(address to, uint256 amount);
    event ERC20PaymentReleased(IERC20Upgradeable indexed token, address to, uint256 amount);
    event PaymentReceived(address from, uint256 amount);
    uint256 private _totalShares;
    uint256 private _totalReleased;
    mapping(address => uint256) private _shares;
    mapping(address => uint256) private _released;
    address[] private _payees;
    mapping(IERC20Upgradeable => uint256) private _erc20TotalReleased;
    mapping(IERC20Upgradeable => mapping(address => uint256)) private _erc20Released;
    /**
     * @dev Creates an instance of `PaymentSplitter` where each account in `payees` is assigned the number of shares at
     * the matching position in the `shares` array.
     *
     * All addresses in `payees` must be non-zero. Both arrays must have the same non-zero length, and there must be no
     * duplicates in `payees`.
     */
    function __PaymentSplitter_init(address[] memory payees, uint256[] memory shares_) internal onlyInitializing {
        __PaymentSplitter_init_unchained(payees, shares_);
    }
    function __PaymentSplitter_init_unchained(address[] memory payees, uint256[] memory shares_) internal onlyInitializing {
        require(payees.length == shares_.length, "PaymentSplitter: payees and shares length mismatch");
        require(payees.length > 0, "PaymentSplitter: no payees");
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < payees.length; i++) {
            _addPayee(payees[i], shares_[i]);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev The Ether received will be logged with {PaymentReceived} events. Note that these events are not fully
     * reliable: it's possible for a contract to receive Ether without triggering this function. This only affects the
     * reliability of the events, and not the actual splitting of Ether.
     *
     * To learn more about this see the Solidity documentation for
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/contracts.html#fallback-function[fallback
     * functions].
     */
    receive() external payable virtual {
        emit PaymentReceived(_msgSender(), msg.value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Getter for the total shares held by payees.
     */
    function totalShares() public view returns (uint256) {
        return _totalShares;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Getter for the total amount of Ether already released.
     */
    function totalReleased() public view returns (uint256) {
        return _totalReleased;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Getter for the total amount of `token` already released. `token` should be the address of an IERC20
     * contract.
     */
    function totalReleased(IERC20Upgradeable token) public view returns (uint256) {
        return _erc20TotalReleased[token];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Getter for the amount of shares held by an account.
     */
    function shares(address account) public view returns (uint256) {
        return _shares[account];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Getter for the amount of Ether already released to a payee.
     */
    function released(address account) public view returns (uint256) {
        return _released[account];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Getter for the amount of `token` tokens already released to a payee. `token` should be the address of an
     * IERC20 contract.
     */
    function released(IERC20Upgradeable token, address account) public view returns (uint256) {
        return _erc20Released[token][account];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Getter for the address of the payee number `index`.
     */
    function payee(uint256 index) public view returns (address) {
        return _payees[index];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Getter for the amount of payee's releasable Ether.
     */
    function releasable(address account) public view returns (uint256) {
        uint256 totalReceived = address(this).balance + totalReleased();
        return _pendingPayment(account, totalReceived, released(account));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Getter for the amount of payee's releasable `token` tokens. `token` should be the address of an
     * IERC20 contract.
     */
    function releasable(IERC20Upgradeable token, address account) public view returns (uint256) {
        uint256 totalReceived = token.balanceOf(address(this)) + totalReleased(token);
        return _pendingPayment(account, totalReceived, released(token, account));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Triggers a transfer to `account` of the amount of Ether they are owed, according to their percentage of the
     * total shares and their previous withdrawals.
     */
    function release(address payable account) public virtual {
        require(_shares[account] > 0, "PaymentSplitter: account has no shares");
        uint256 payment = releasable(account);
        require(payment != 0, "PaymentSplitter: account is not due payment");
        // _totalReleased is the sum of all values in _released.
        // If "_totalReleased += payment" does not overflow, then "_released[account] += payment" cannot overflow.
        _totalReleased += payment;
        unchecked {
            _released[account] += payment;
        }
        AddressUpgradeable.sendValue(account, payment);
        emit PaymentReleased(account, payment);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Triggers a transfer to `account` of the amount of `token` tokens they are owed, according to their
     * percentage of the total shares and their previous withdrawals. `token` must be the address of an IERC20
     * contract.
     */
    function release(IERC20Upgradeable token, address account) public virtual {
        require(_shares[account] > 0, "PaymentSplitter: account has no shares");
        uint256 payment = releasable(token, account);
        require(payment != 0, "PaymentSplitter: account is not due payment");
        // _erc20TotalReleased[token] is the sum of all values in _erc20Released[token].
        // If "_erc20TotalReleased[token] += payment" does not overflow, then "_erc20Released[token][account] += payment"
        // cannot overflow.
        _erc20TotalReleased[token] += payment;
        unchecked {
            _erc20Released[token][account] += payment;
        }
        SafeERC20Upgradeable.safeTransfer(token, account, payment);
        emit ERC20PaymentReleased(token, account, payment);
    }
    /**
     * @dev internal logic for computing the pending payment of an `account` given the token historical balances and
     * already released amounts.
     */
    function _pendingPayment(
        address account,
        uint256 totalReceived,
        uint256 alreadyReleased
    ) private view returns (uint256) {
        return (totalReceived * _shares[account]) / _totalShares - alreadyReleased;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a new payee to the contract.
     * @param account The address of the payee to add.
     * @param shares_ The number of shares owned by the payee.
     */
    function _addPayee(address account, uint256 shares_) private {
        require(account != address(0), "PaymentSplitter: account is the zero address");
        require(shares_ > 0, "PaymentSplitter: shares are 0");
        require(_shares[account] == 0, "PaymentSplitter: account already has shares");
        _payees.push(account);
        _shares[account] = shares_;
        _totalShares = _totalShares + shares_;
        emit PayeeAdded(account, shares_);
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[43] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
 *
 * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
 * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
interface IERC2981Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
     * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be paid in that same unit of exchange.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
        external
        view
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * The initialization functions use a version number. Once a version number is used, it is consumed and cannot be
 * reused. This mechanism prevents re-execution of each "step" but allows the creation of new initialization steps in
 * case an upgrade adds a module that needs to be initialized.
 *
 * For example:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * contract MyToken is ERC20Upgradeable {
 *     function initialize() initializer public {
 *         __ERC20_init("MyToken", "MTK");
 *     }
 * }
 * contract MyTokenV2 is MyToken, ERC20PermitUpgradeable {
 *     function initializeV2() reinitializer(2) public {
 *         __ERC20Permit_init("MyToken");
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 *
 * [CAUTION]
 * ====
 * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
 *
 * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
 * contract, which may impact the proxy. To prevent the implementation contract from being used, you should invoke
 * the {_disableInitializers} function in the constructor to automatically lock it when it is deployed:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
 * constructor() {
 *     _disableInitializers();
 * }
 * ```
 * ====
 */
abstract contract Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
     * @custom:oz-retyped-from bool
     */
    uint8 private _initialized;
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
     */
    bool private _initializing;
    /**
     * @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
     */
    event Initialized(uint8 version);
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
     * `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * Similar to `reinitializer(1)`, except that functions marked with `initializer` can be nested in the context of a
     * constructor.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier initializer() {
        bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
        require(
            (isTopLevelCall && _initialized < 1) || (!AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this)) && _initialized == 1),
            "Initializable: contract is already initialized"
        );
        _initialized = 1;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = false;
            emit Initialized(1);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
     * contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
     * used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * A reinitializer may be used after the original initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that
     * are added through upgrades and that require initialization.
     *
     * When `version` is 1, this modifier is similar to `initializer`, except that functions marked with `reinitializer`
     * cannot be nested. If one is invoked in the context of another, execution will revert.
     *
     * Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
     * a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
     *
     * WARNING: setting the version to 255 will prevent any future reinitialization.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier reinitializer(uint8 version) {
        require(!_initializing && _initialized < version, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
        _initialized = version;
        _initializing = true;
        _;
        _initializing = false;
        emit Initialized(version);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializing() {
        require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
     * Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
     * to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
     * through proxies.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event the first time it is successfully executed.
     */
    function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
        require(!_initializing, "Initializable: contract is initializing");
        if (_initialized < type(uint8).max) {
            _initialized = type(uint8).max;
            emit Initialized(type(uint8).max);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function that returns the initialized version. Returns `_initialized`
     */
    function _getInitializedVersion() internal view returns (uint8) {
        return _initialized;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function that returns the initialized version. Returns `_initializing`
     */
    function _isInitializing() internal view returns (bool) {
        return _initializing;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/common/ERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../interfaces/IERC2981Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the NFT Royalty Standard, a standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information.
 *
 * Royalty information can be specified globally for all token ids via {_setDefaultRoyalty}, and/or individually for
 * specific token ids via {_setTokenRoyalty}. The latter takes precedence over the first.
 *
 * Royalty is specified as a fraction of sale price. {_feeDenominator} is overridable but defaults to 10000, meaning the
 * fee is specified in basis points by default.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: ERC-2981 only specifies a way to signal royalty information and does not enforce its payment. See
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2981#optional-royalty-payments[Rationale] in the EIP. Marketplaces are expected to
 * voluntarily pay royalties together with sales, but note that this standard is not yet widely supported.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
abstract contract ERC2981Upgradeable is Initializable, IERC2981Upgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable {
    function __ERC2981_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __ERC2981_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    struct RoyaltyInfo {
        address receiver;
        uint96 royaltyFraction;
    }
    RoyaltyInfo private _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
    mapping(uint256 => RoyaltyInfo) private _tokenRoyaltyInfo;
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(IERC165Upgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC2981Upgradeable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @inheritdoc IERC2981Upgradeable
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _salePrice) public view virtual override returns (address, uint256) {
        RoyaltyInfo memory royalty = _tokenRoyaltyInfo[_tokenId];
        if (royalty.receiver == address(0)) {
            royalty = _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
        }
        uint256 royaltyAmount = (_salePrice * royalty.royaltyFraction) / _feeDenominator();
        return (royalty.receiver, royaltyAmount);
    }
    /**
     * @dev The denominator with which to interpret the fee set in {_setTokenRoyalty} and {_setDefaultRoyalty} as a
     * fraction of the sale price. Defaults to 10000 so fees are expressed in basis points, but may be customized by an
     * override.
     */
    function _feeDenominator() internal pure virtual returns (uint96) {
        return 10000;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information that all ids in this contract will default to.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setDefaultRoyalty(address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator) internal virtual {
        require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
        require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: invalid receiver");
        _defaultRoyaltyInfo = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes default royalty information.
     */
    function _deleteDefaultRoyalty() internal virtual {
        delete _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information for a specific token id, overriding the global default.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setTokenRoyalty(
        uint256 tokenId,
        address receiver,
        uint96 feeNumerator
    ) internal virtual {
        require(feeNumerator <= _feeDenominator(), "ERC2981: royalty fee will exceed salePrice");
        require(receiver != address(0), "ERC2981: Invalid parameters");
        _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId] = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Resets royalty information for the token id back to the global default.
     */
    function _resetTokenRoyalty(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        delete _tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId];
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[48] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC20/extensions/draft-IERC20Permit.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 Permit extension allowing approvals to be made via signatures, as defined in
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612[EIP-2612].
 *
 * Adds the {permit} method, which can be used to change an account's ERC20 allowance (see {IERC20-allowance}) by
 * presenting a message signed by the account. By not relying on {IERC20-approve}, the token holder account doesn't
 * need to send a transaction, and thus is not required to hold Ether at all.
 */
interface IERC20PermitUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Sets `value` as the allowance of `spender` over ``owner``'s tokens,
     * given ``owner``'s signed approval.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: The same issues {IERC20-approve} has related to transaction
     * ordering also apply here.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `deadline` must be a timestamp in the future.
     * - `v`, `r` and `s` must be a valid `secp256k1` signature from `owner`
     * over the EIP712-formatted function arguments.
     * - the signature must use ``owner``'s current nonce (see {nonces}).
     *
     * For more information on the signature format, see the
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612#specification[relevant EIP
     * section].
     */
    function permit(
        address owner,
        address spender,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current nonce for `owner`. This value must be
     * included whenever a signature is generated for {permit}.
     *
     * Every successful call to {permit} increases ``owner``'s nonce by one. This
     * prevents a signature from being used multiple times.
     */
    function nonces(address owner) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the domain separator used in the encoding of the signature for {permit}, as defined by {EIP712}.
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() external view returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC20/IERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
 */
interface IERC20Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
     * another (`to`).
     *
     * Note that `value` may be zero.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
     * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `to`.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transfer(address to, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
     * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
     * zero by default.
     *
     * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
     * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
     * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
     * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
     * desired value afterwards:
     * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `from` to `to` using the
     * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
     * allowance.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) external returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../IERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import "../extensions/draft-IERC20PermitUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @title SafeERC20
 * @dev Wrappers around ERC20 operations that throw on failure (when the token
 * contract returns false). Tokens that return no value (and instead revert or
 * throw on failure) are also supported, non-reverting calls are assumed to be
 * successful.
 * To use this library you can add a `using SafeERC20 for IERC20;` statement to your contract,
 * which allows you to call the safe operations as `token.safeTransfer(...)`, etc.
 */
library SafeERC20Upgradeable {
    using AddressUpgradeable for address;
    function safeTransfer(
        IERC20Upgradeable token,
        address to,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transfer.selector, to, value));
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(
        IERC20Upgradeable token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transferFrom.selector, from, to, value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Deprecated. This function has issues similar to the ones found in
     * {IERC20-approve}, and its usage is discouraged.
     *
     * Whenever possible, use {safeIncreaseAllowance} and
     * {safeDecreaseAllowance} instead.
     */
    function safeApprove(
        IERC20Upgradeable token,
        address spender,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        // safeApprove should only be called when setting an initial allowance,
        // or when resetting it to zero. To increase and decrease it, use
        // 'safeIncreaseAllowance' and 'safeDecreaseAllowance'
        require(
            (value == 0) || (token.allowance(address(this), spender) == 0),
            "SafeERC20: approve from non-zero to non-zero allowance"
        );
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, value));
    }
    function safeIncreaseAllowance(
        IERC20Upgradeable token,
        address spender,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        uint256 newAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender) + value;
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
    }
    function safeDecreaseAllowance(
        IERC20Upgradeable token,
        address spender,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        unchecked {
            uint256 oldAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender);
            require(oldAllowance >= value, "SafeERC20: decreased allowance below zero");
            uint256 newAllowance = oldAllowance - value;
            _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
        }
    }
    function safePermit(
        IERC20PermitUpgradeable token,
        address owner,
        address spender,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) internal {
        uint256 nonceBefore = token.nonces(owner);
        token.permit(owner, spender, value, deadline, v, r, s);
        uint256 nonceAfter = token.nonces(owner);
        require(nonceAfter == nonceBefore + 1, "SafeERC20: permit did not succeed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Imitates a Solidity high-level call (i.e. a regular function call to a contract), relaxing the requirement
     * on the return value: the return value is optional (but if data is returned, it must not be false).
     * @param token The token targeted by the call.
     * @param data The call data (encoded using abi.encode or one of its variants).
     */
    function _callOptionalReturn(IERC20Upgradeable token, bytes memory data) private {
        // We need to perform a low level call here, to bypass Solidity's return data size checking mechanism, since
        // we're implementing it ourselves. We use {Address-functionCall} to perform this call, which verifies that
        // the target address contains contract code and also asserts for success in the low-level call.
        bytes memory returndata = address(token).functionCall(data, "SafeERC20: low-level call failed");
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // Return data is optional
            require(abi.decode(returndata, (bool)), "SafeERC20: ERC20 operation did not succeed");
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library AddressUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165Upgradeable is Initializable, IERC165Upgradeable {
    function __ERC165_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __ERC165_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165Upgradeable).interfaceId;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev These functions deal with verification of Merkle Tree proofs.
 *
 * The tree and the proofs can be generated using our
 * https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/merkle-tree[JavaScript library].
 * You will find a quickstart guide in the readme.
 *
 * WARNING: You should avoid using leaf values that are 64 bytes long prior to
 * hashing, or use a hash function other than keccak256 for hashing leaves.
 * This is because the concatenation of a sorted pair of internal nodes in
 * the merkle tree could be reinterpreted as a leaf value.
 * OpenZeppelin's JavaScript library generates merkle trees that are safe
 * against this attack out of the box.
 */
library MerkleProof {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if a `leaf` can be proved to be a part of a Merkle tree
     * defined by `root`. For this, a `proof` must be provided, containing
     * sibling hashes on the branch from the leaf to the root of the tree. Each
     * pair of leaves and each pair of pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
     */
    function verify(
        bytes32[] memory proof,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32 leaf
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processProof(proof, leaf) == root;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {verify}
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function verifyCalldata(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32 leaf
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processProofCalldata(proof, leaf) == root;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the rebuilt hash obtained by traversing a Merkle tree up
     * from `leaf` using `proof`. A `proof` is valid if and only if the rebuilt
     * hash matches the root of the tree. When processing the proof, the pairs
     * of leafs & pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
     *
     * _Available since v4.4._
     */
    function processProof(bytes32[] memory proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
            computedHash = _hashPair(computedHash, proof[i]);
        }
        return computedHash;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {processProof}
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function processProofCalldata(bytes32[] calldata proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
            computedHash = _hashPair(computedHash, proof[i]);
        }
        return computedHash;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the `leaves` can be simultaneously proven to be a part of a merkle tree defined by
     * `root`, according to `proof` and `proofFlags` as described in {processMultiProof}.
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function multiProofVerify(
        bytes32[] memory proof,
        bool[] memory proofFlags,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processMultiProof(proof, proofFlags, leaves) == root;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {multiProofVerify}
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function multiProofVerifyCalldata(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bool[] calldata proofFlags,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processMultiProofCalldata(proof, proofFlags, leaves) == root;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the root of a tree reconstructed from `leaves` and sibling nodes in `proof`. The reconstruction
     * proceeds by incrementally reconstructing all inner nodes by combining a leaf/inner node with either another
     * leaf/inner node or a proof sibling node, depending on whether each `proofFlags` item is true or false
     * respectively.
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. To use multiproofs, it is sufficient to ensure that: 1) the tree
     * is complete (but not necessarily perfect), 2) the leaves to be proven are in the opposite order they are in the
     * tree (i.e., as seen from right to left starting at the deepest layer and continuing at the next layer).
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function processMultiProof(
        bytes32[] memory proof,
        bool[] memory proofFlags,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32 merkleRoot) {
        // This function rebuild the root hash by traversing the tree up from the leaves. The root is rebuilt by
        // consuming and producing values on a queue. The queue starts with the `leaves` array, then goes onto the
        // `hashes` array. At the end of the process, the last hash in the `hashes` array should contain the root of
        // the merkle tree.
        uint256 leavesLen = leaves.length;
        uint256 totalHashes = proofFlags.length;
        // Check proof validity.
        require(leavesLen + proof.length - 1 == totalHashes, "MerkleProof: invalid multiproof");
        // The xxxPos values are "pointers" to the next value to consume in each array. All accesses are done using
        // `xxx[xxxPos++]`, which return the current value and increment the pointer, thus mimicking a queue's "pop".
        bytes32[] memory hashes = new bytes32[](totalHashes);
        uint256 leafPos = 0;
        uint256 hashPos = 0;
        uint256 proofPos = 0;
        // At each step, we compute the next hash using two values:
        // - a value from the "main queue". If not all leaves have been consumed, we get the next leaf, otherwise we
        //   get the next hash.
        // - depending on the flag, either another value for the "main queue" (merging branches) or an element from the
        //   `proof` array.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalHashes; i++) {
            bytes32 a = leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++];
            bytes32 b = proofFlags[i] ? leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++] : proof[proofPos++];
            hashes[i] = _hashPair(a, b);
        }
        if (totalHashes > 0) {
            return hashes[totalHashes - 1];
        } else if (leavesLen > 0) {
            return leaves[0];
        } else {
            return proof[0];
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {processMultiProof}.
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
     *
     * _Available since v4.7._
     */
    function processMultiProofCalldata(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bool[] calldata proofFlags,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32 merkleRoot) {
        // This function rebuild the root hash by traversing the tree up from the leaves. The root is rebuilt by
        // consuming and producing values on a queue. The queue starts with the `leaves` array, then goes onto the
        // `hashes` array. At the end of the process, the last hash in the `hashes` array should contain the root of
        // the merkle tree.
        uint256 leavesLen = leaves.length;
        uint256 totalHashes = proofFlags.length;
        // Check proof validity.
        require(leavesLen + proof.length - 1 == totalHashes, "MerkleProof: invalid multiproof");
        // The xxxPos values are "pointers" to the next value to consume in each array. All accesses are done using
        // `xxx[xxxPos++]`, which return the current value and increment the pointer, thus mimicking a queue's "pop".
        bytes32[] memory hashes = new bytes32[](totalHashes);
        uint256 leafPos = 0;
        uint256 hashPos = 0;
        uint256 proofPos = 0;
        // At each step, we compute the next hash using two values:
        // - a value from the "main queue". If not all leaves have been consumed, we get the next leaf, otherwise we
        //   get the next hash.
        // - depending on the flag, either another value for the "main queue" (merging branches) or an element from the
        //   `proof` array.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalHashes; i++) {
            bytes32 a = leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++];
            bytes32 b = proofFlags[i] ? leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++] : proof[proofPos++];
            hashes[i] = _hashPair(a, b);
        }
        if (totalHashes > 0) {
            return hashes[totalHashes - 1];
        } else if (leavesLen > 0) {
            return leaves[0];
        } else {
            return proof[0];
        }
    }
    function _hashPair(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32) {
        return a < b ? _efficientHash(a, b) : _efficientHash(b, a);
    }
    function _efficientHash(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32 value) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            mstore(0x00, a)
            mstore(0x20, b)
            value := keccak256(0x00, 0x40)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.17;
import "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/extensions/ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/common/ERC2981Upgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/finance/PaymentSplitterUpgradeable.sol";
import "operator-filter-registry/src/upgradeable/OperatorFiltererUpgradeable.sol";
struct PhaseSettings {
    /// @dev phase supply. This can be released to public by ending the phase.
    uint64 maxSupply;
    /// @dev tracks the total amount minted in the phase
    uint64 amountMinted;
    /// @dev wallet maximum for the phase
    uint64 maxPerWallet;
    /// @dev merkle root for the phase (if applicable, otherwise bytes32(0))
    bytes32 merkleRoot;
    /// @dev whether the phase is active
    bool isActive;
    /// @dev price for the phase (or free if 0)
    uint256 price;
}
struct BaseSettings {
    /// @dev public sale supply. ending a phase will carry supply into this value
    uint64 maxSupply;
    /// @dev global wallet maximum across all phases (including public)
    uint64 maxPerWallet;
    /// @dev tracks the total amount minted in the public sale
    uint64 amountMinted;
    /// @dev price for the public sale (or free if 0)
    uint256 price;
}
struct SaleState {
    uint64 numPhases;
    mapping(uint256 => PhaseSettings) phases;
}
struct PaymentSplitterSettings {
    address[] payees;
    uint256[] shares;
}
struct RoyaltySettings {
    address royaltyAddress;
    uint96 royaltyAmount;
}
error SaleInactive();
error SoldOut();
error InvalidPrice();
error ExceedMaxPerWallet();
error InvalidProof();
error PhaseNotActive();
error NotAllowlisted();
error InvalidMintFunction();
error InvalidAirdrop();
error InvalidPhase();
error BurningNotAllowed();
/// @author Bueno.art
/// @title ERC-721 Multi-Phase Drop Contract
contract Bueno721Drop is
    ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable,
    OwnableUpgradeable,
    ERC2981Upgradeable,
    PaymentSplitterUpgradeable,
    OperatorFiltererUpgradeable
{
    string public _baseTokenURI;
    SaleState public saleState;
    BaseSettings public baseSettings;
    uint256 public maxSupply;
    address[] public withdrawAddresses;
    mapping(address => mapping(uint256 => uint64)) private amountMintedForPhase;
    bool public isPublicActive;
    bool private allowBurning;
    event TokensMinted(address indexed to, uint256 quantity);
    event TokenBurned(address indexed owner, uint256 tokenId);
    event TokensAirdropped(uint256 numRecipients, uint256 numTokens);
    event PhasesActivated(uint256[] phaseIds, bool activatedPublic);
    event PhasesPaused(uint256[] phaseIds, bool pausedPublic);
    event PhaseEnded(uint256 phaseIds);
    event BurnStatusChanged(bool burnActive);
    event PhaseSettingsUpdated(uint256 phaseId, PhaseSettings settings);
    event BaseSettingsUpdated(BaseSettings settings);
    event BaseURIUpdated(string baseURI);
    event RoyaltyUpdated(address royaltyAddress, uint96 royaltyAmount);
    /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
    constructor() {
        _disableInitializers();
    }
    function initialize(
        string memory _name,
        string memory _symbol,
        string memory _baseUri,
        RoyaltySettings calldata _royaltySettings,
        PhaseSettings[] calldata _phases,
        BaseSettings calldata _baseSettings,
        PaymentSplitterSettings calldata _paymentSplitterSettings,
        uint256 _maxIntendedSupply,
        bool _allowBurning,
        address _deployer,
        address _operatorFilter
    ) public initializerERC721A initializer {
        __ERC721A_init(_name, _symbol);
        __Ownable_init();
        __PaymentSplitter_init(
            _paymentSplitterSettings.payees,
            _paymentSplitterSettings.shares
        );
        uint64 numPhases = uint64(_phases.length);
        uint256 supplyValidationCount = _baseSettings.maxSupply;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < numPhases; ) {
            saleState.phases[i] = _phases[i];
            supplyValidationCount += _phases[i].maxSupply;
            // numPhases has a maximum value of 2^64 - 1
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        require(
            supplyValidationCount == _maxIntendedSupply,
            "Supply of all phases must equal maxIntendedSupply"
        );
        _baseTokenURI = _baseUri;
        withdrawAddresses = _paymentSplitterSettings.payees;
        saleState.numPhases = numPhases;
        baseSettings = _baseSettings;
        allowBurning = _allowBurning;
        maxSupply = _maxIntendedSupply;
        _setDefaultRoyalty(
            _royaltySettings.royaltyAddress,
            _royaltySettings.royaltyAmount
        );
        transferOwnership(_deployer);
        OperatorFiltererUpgradeable.__OperatorFilterer_init(
            _operatorFilter,
            _operatorFilter == address(0) ? false : true // only subscribe if a filter is provided
        );
    }
    // ========= EXTERNAL MINTING METHODS =========
    /**
     * @notice Mint tokens for an allowlisted phase
     * @dev Calling this function for a phase that doesn't have an allowlist will fail
     */
    function mintPhaseAllowlist(
        uint256 phaseIndex,
        uint64 quantity,
        bytes32[] calldata proof
    ) external payable {
        uint64 updatedAmountMinted = _checkAllowlistPhaseMintConditions(
            msg.sender,
            quantity,
            proof,
            phaseIndex,
            msg.value
        );
        _checkGlobalPerWalletMax(msg.sender, quantity);
        saleState.phases[phaseIndex].amountMinted += quantity;
        amountMintedForPhase[msg.sender][phaseIndex] = updatedAmountMinted;
        _mint(msg.sender, quantity);
        emit TokensMinted(msg.sender, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Mint tokens for a non-allowlist phase.
     * @dev Calling this function for a phase that has an allowlist will fail
     */
    function mintPhase(uint256 phaseIndex, uint64 quantity) external payable {
        uint64 updatedAmountMinted = _checkPhaseMintConditions(
            msg.sender,
            quantity,
            phaseIndex,
            msg.value
        );
        _checkGlobalPerWalletMax(msg.sender, quantity);
        saleState.phases[phaseIndex].amountMinted += quantity;
        amountMintedForPhase[msg.sender][phaseIndex] = updatedAmountMinted;
        _mint(msg.sender, quantity);
        emit TokensMinted(msg.sender, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Mint tokens in the public sale
     */
    function mintPublic(uint64 quantity) external payable {
        uint64 updatedAmountMinted = _checkPublicMintConditions(
            quantity,
            msg.value
        );
        _checkGlobalPerWalletMax(msg.sender, quantity);
        baseSettings.amountMinted = updatedAmountMinted;
        _mint(msg.sender, quantity);
        emit TokensMinted(msg.sender, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Mint tokens in all possible phases (including public sale)
     */
    function mintBatch(
        uint64[] calldata quantities,
        bytes32[][] calldata proofs,
        uint256[] calldata phaseIndices,
        uint64 publicQuantity
    ) external payable {
        uint256 phaseLength = phaseIndices.length;
        if (
            phaseLength > saleState.numPhases ||
            phaseLength != quantities.length ||
            phaseLength != proofs.length
        ) {
            revert InvalidPhase();
        }
        uint256 balance = msg.value;
        uint256 quantityToMint;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < phaseLength; ) {
            uint64 updatedAmount;
            uint256 phaseIndex = phaseIndices[i];
            uint64 quantity = quantities[i];
            bytes32[] calldata proof = proofs[i];
            PhaseSettings storage phase = saleState.phases[phaseIndex];
            uint256 priceForPhase = phase.price * quantity;
            // Since price is strictly checked in the _check* functions below,
            // we have an additional check here to ensure that the balance doesn't underflow
            if (balance < priceForPhase) {
                revert InvalidPrice();
            }
            // if the phase has no allowlist, the merkleRoot will be zeroed out.
            if (phase.merkleRoot == bytes32(0)) {
                updatedAmount = _checkPhaseMintConditions(
                    msg.sender,
                    quantity,
                    phaseIndex,
                    priceForPhase
                );
            } else {
                updatedAmount = _checkAllowlistPhaseMintConditions(
                    msg.sender,
                    quantity,
                    proof,
                    phaseIndex,
                    priceForPhase
                );
            }
            // quantity & phaseLength have a maximum value of 2^64 - 1
            // balance underflow is checked above
            unchecked {
                saleState.phases[phaseIndex].amountMinted += quantity;
                amountMintedForPhase[msg.sender][phaseIndex] = updatedAmount;
                balance -= priceForPhase;
                quantityToMint += quantity;
                ++i;
            }
        }
        uint256 totalMintQuantity = quantityToMint;
        if (publicQuantity > 0) {
            _checkPublicMintConditions(publicQuantity, balance);
            // publicQuantity has a max value of 2^64 - 1
            unchecked {
                baseSettings.amountMinted += publicQuantity;
                totalMintQuantity += publicQuantity;
            }
        }
        _checkGlobalPerWalletMax(msg.sender, totalMintQuantity);
        _mint(msg.sender, totalMintQuantity);
        emit TokensMinted(msg.sender, totalMintQuantity);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Burn a token, if the contract allows for it
     */
    function burn(uint256 tokenId) external {
        if (!allowBurning) {
            revert BurningNotAllowed();
        }
        _burn(tokenId, true);
        emit TokenBurned(msg.sender, tokenId);
    }
    // ========= OWNER METHODS =========
    /**
     * @notice Perform a batch airdrop for a particular phase.
     * @dev Minted tokens are pulled from the phase that is specified in the airdropper.
     */
    function airdropForPhase(
        uint256 phaseIndex,
        uint64[] calldata quantities,
        address[] calldata recipients
    ) external onlyOwner {
        uint256 numRecipients = recipients.length;
        uint256 totalAirdropped;
        if (numRecipients != quantities.length) revert InvalidAirdrop();
        PhaseSettings storage phase = saleState.phases[phaseIndex];
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < numRecipients; ) {
            uint64 updatedAmountMinted = phase.amountMinted + quantities[i];
            if (updatedAmountMinted > phase.maxSupply) {
                revert SoldOut();
            }
            // airdrops are not subject to the per-wallet mint limits,
            // but we track how much is minted for the phase
            phase.amountMinted = updatedAmountMinted;
            totalAirdropped += quantities[i];
            _mint(recipients[i], quantities[i]);
            // numRecipients has a maximum value of 2^256 - 1
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        emit TokensAirdropped(numRecipients, totalAirdropped);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Perform a batch airdrop for the public phase.
     * @dev Minted tokens are pulled from the public phase.
     */
    function airdropPublic(
        uint64[] calldata quantities,
        address[] calldata recipients
    ) external onlyOwner {
        uint256 numRecipients = recipients.length;
        uint256 totalAirdropped;
        if (numRecipients != quantities.length) revert InvalidAirdrop();
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < numRecipients; ) {
            uint64 updatedAmountMinted = baseSettings.amountMinted +
                quantities[i];
            if (updatedAmountMinted > baseSettings.maxSupply) {
                revert SoldOut();
            }
            // airdrops are not subject to the per-wallet mint limits,
            // but we track how much is minted for the phase
            baseSettings.amountMinted = updatedAmountMinted;
            totalAirdropped += quantities[i];
            _mint(recipients[i], quantities[i]);
            // numRecipients has a maximum value of 2^256 - 1
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        emit TokensAirdropped(numRecipients, totalAirdropped);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Specify which phases are active.
     * Public sale can be activated by setting `activatePublic` to true.
     */
    function activatePhases(
        uint256[] calldata phaseIndices,
        bool activatePublic
    ) external onlyOwner {
        uint256 numPhases = phaseIndices.length;
        // activate all the phases provided in phaseIndices
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < numPhases; ) {
            uint256 phaseIndex = phaseIndices[i];
            if (phaseIndex >= saleState.numPhases) {
                // phaseIndex is out of bounds
                revert InvalidPhase();
            }
            saleState.phases[phaseIndices[i]].isActive = true;
            // numPhases has a maximum value of 2^256 - 1
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // calling this function with activatePublic=false only indicates the public sale
        // is not intended to be activated, but it does not pause it.
        if (activatePublic) {
            isPublicActive = true;
        }
        emit PhasesActivated(phaseIndices, activatePublic);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Specify which phases are inactive (paused).
     * Public sale can be paused by setting `pausePublic` to true.
     * Pausing is separate from ending, since ending permanently closes the phase.
     */
    function pausePhases(
        uint256[] calldata phaseIndices,
        bool pausePublic
    ) external onlyOwner {
        uint256 numPhases = phaseIndices.length;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < numPhases; ) {
            uint256 phaseIndex = phaseIndices[i];
            if (phaseIndex >= saleState.numPhases) {
                // phaseIndex is out of bounds
                revert InvalidPhase();
            }
            saleState.phases[phaseIndex].isActive = false;
            // numPhases has a maximum value of 2^256 - 1
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // calling this function with pausePublic=false only indicates the public sale
        // is not intended to be paused, but it does not pause it.
        if (pausePublic) {
            isPublicActive = false;
        }
        emit PhasesPaused(phaseIndices, pausePublic);
    }
    /**
     * @notice If enabled, the token can be burned, for approved operators.
     * @dev The burn method will revert unless this is enabled
     */
    function toggleBurning() external onlyOwner {
        allowBurning = !allowBurning;
        emit BurnStatusChanged(allowBurning);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Permanently closes a phase by capping the supply & releasing it
     */
    function endPhase(uint256 phaseIndex) public onlyOwner {
        PhaseSettings storage phase = saleState.phases[phaseIndex];
        // if the phase never had supply, there is nothing to do
        if (phase.maxSupply == 0) {
            revert InvalidPhase();
        }
        // transfer the remaining supply into the base settings (used for public sale accounting)
        baseSettings.maxSupply += phase.maxSupply - phase.amountMinted;
        // remove the supply from the phase
        phase.maxSupply = 0;
        emit PhaseEnded(phaseIndex);
    }
    function endPhases(uint64[] calldata phaseIndices) external onlyOwner {
        uint256 phaseIndicesLength = phaseIndices.length;
        // ensure that phaseIndices argument will only ever be as large as the number of phases
        if (phaseIndicesLength > saleState.numPhases) {
            revert InvalidPhase();
        }
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < phaseIndicesLength; ) {
            endPhase(phaseIndices[i]);
            // phaseIndicesLength has a maximum value of 2^256 - 1
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates the minting rules for a particular phase
     * @dev supply & amountMinted are not changeable
     */
    function updatePhaseSettings(
        uint256 phaseIndex,
        PhaseSettings calldata phase
    ) external onlyOwner {
        uint64 existingAmountMinted = saleState.phases[phaseIndex].amountMinted;
        uint64 existingMaxSupply = saleState.phases[phaseIndex].maxSupply;
        bool existingStatus = saleState.phases[phaseIndex].isActive;
        saleState.phases[phaseIndex] = phase;
        // ensure that the amountMinted, maxSupply, and status values cannot be set
        saleState.phases[phaseIndex].amountMinted = existingAmountMinted;
        saleState.phases[phaseIndex].maxSupply = existingMaxSupply;
        saleState.phases[phaseIndex].isActive = existingStatus;
        emit PhaseSettingsUpdated(phaseIndex, phase);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Updates the the base minting settings
     * The global maxPerWallet setting applies to all phases
     * Pricing and other fields will apply to the public sale
     *
     * @dev maxSupply & amountMinted are not changeable
     */
    function updateBaseSettings(
        BaseSettings calldata _baseSettings
    ) external onlyOwner {
        uint64 existingMaxSupply = baseSettings.maxSupply;
        uint64 existingAmountMinted = baseSettings.amountMinted;
        baseSettings = _baseSettings;
        // ensure that the maxSupply & amountMinted value cannot be set
        baseSettings.maxSupply = existingMaxSupply;
        baseSettings.amountMinted = existingAmountMinted;
        emit BaseSettingsUpdated(_baseSettings);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Payment can be pulled via PaymentSplitter.release
     * this method is provided for convenience to release all payee funds
     */
    function withdraw() external onlyOwner {
        uint256 numAddresses = withdrawAddresses.length;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < numAddresses; ) {
            address payable withdrawAddress = payable(withdrawAddresses[i]);
            if (releasable(withdrawAddress) > 0) {
                release(withdrawAddress);
            }
            // numAddresses has a maximum value of 2^256 - 1
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }
    function setBaseURI(string memory baseURI) external onlyOwner {
        _baseTokenURI = baseURI;
        emit BaseURIUpdated(baseURI);
    }
    function setRoyaltyInfo(
        address receiver,
        uint96 feeBasisPoints
    ) external onlyOwner {
        _setDefaultRoyalty(receiver, feeBasisPoints);
        emit RoyaltyUpdated(receiver, feeBasisPoints);
    }
    // ========= VIEW METHODS =========
    function _startTokenId() internal view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return 1;
    }
    function _checkAllowlistPhaseMintConditions(
        address wallet,
        uint64 quantity,
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        uint256 phaseIndex,
        uint256 balance
    ) internal view returns (uint64) {
        PhaseSettings storage phase = saleState.phases[phaseIndex];
        if (!phase.isActive) {
            revert PhaseNotActive();
        }
        // there should be a valid merkle root for the phase
        if (phase.merkleRoot == bytes32(0)) {
            revert InvalidMintFunction();
        }
        if (phase.amountMinted + quantity > phase.maxSupply) {
            revert SoldOut();
        }
        if (balance != quantity * phase.price) {
            revert InvalidPrice();
        }
        if (
            !MerkleProof.verify(
                proof,
                phase.merkleRoot,
                keccak256(abi.encodePacked(wallet))
            )
        ) {
            revert InvalidProof();
        }
        uint256 amountMinted = amountMintedForPhase[wallet][phaseIndex];
        uint256 updatedAmountMinted = amountMinted + quantity;
        // phases can have a maxPerWallet
        if (
            phase.maxPerWallet > 0 && updatedAmountMinted > phase.maxPerWallet
        ) {
            revert ExceedMaxPerWallet();
        }
        return uint64(updatedAmountMinted);
    }
    function _checkPhaseMintConditions(
        address wallet,
        uint256 quantity,
        uint256 phaseIndex,
        uint256 balance
    ) internal view returns (uint64) {
        PhaseSettings storage phase = saleState.phases[phaseIndex];
        if (!phase.isActive) {
            revert PhaseNotActive();
        }
        // the phase should not have a merkleRoot
        if (phase.merkleRoot != bytes32(0)) {
            revert InvalidMintFunction();
        }
        if (phase.amountMinted + quantity > phase.maxSupply) {
            revert SoldOut();
        }
        if (balance != quantity * phase.price) {
            revert InvalidPrice();
        }
        uint256 amountMinted = amountMintedForPhase[wallet][phaseIndex];
        uint256 updatedAmountMinted = amountMinted + quantity;
        // phases can have a maxPerWallet
        if (
            phase.maxPerWallet > 0 && updatedAmountMinted > phase.maxPerWallet
        ) {
            revert ExceedMaxPerWallet();
        }
        return uint64(updatedAmountMinted);
    }
    function _checkPublicMintConditions(
        uint256 quantity,
        uint256 balance
    ) internal view returns (uint64) {
        if (!isPublicActive) {
            revert PhaseNotActive();
        }
        uint256 updatedAmountMinted = baseSettings.amountMinted + quantity;
        if (updatedAmountMinted > baseSettings.maxSupply) {
            revert SoldOut();
        }
        if (balance != quantity * baseSettings.price) {
            revert InvalidPrice();
        }
        return uint64(updatedAmountMinted);
    }
    function _checkGlobalPerWalletMax(
        address wallet,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal view {
        if (
            baseSettings.maxPerWallet > 0 &&
            _numberMinted(wallet) + quantity > baseSettings.maxPerWallet
        ) {
            revert ExceedMaxPerWallet();
        }
    }
    function getDataForPhase(
        uint256 phaseIndex
    ) external view returns (PhaseSettings memory) {
        return saleState.phases[phaseIndex];
    }
    function getMintBalance(address wallet) external view returns (uint256) {
        return _numberMinted(wallet);
    }
    function getAmountMintedForPhase(
        uint256 phaseIndex,
        address wallet
    ) external view returns (uint64) {
        return amountMintedForPhase[wallet][phaseIndex];
    }
    function getAmountMintedForOwner(
        address wallet
    ) external view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        uint256[] memory amountMintedPerPhase = new uint256[](
            saleState.numPhases + 1
        );
        for (uint64 i = 0; i < saleState.numPhases; ) {
            amountMintedPerPhase[i] = amountMintedForPhase[wallet][i];
            // numPhases has a maximum value of 2^64 - 1
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        amountMintedPerPhase[saleState.numPhases] = _numberMinted(wallet);
        return amountMintedPerPhase;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ERC721-_baseURI}.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _baseTokenURI;
    }
    function supportsInterface(
        bytes4 interfaceId
    )
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(IERC721AUpgradeable, ERC721AUpgradeable, ERC2981Upgradeable)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return
            ERC721AUpgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
            ERC2981Upgradeable.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    // ========= OPERATOR FILTERER OVERRIDES =========
    function setApprovalForAll(
        address operator,
        bool approved
    )
        public
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
        onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(operator)
    {
        super.setApprovalForAll(operator, approved);
    }
    function approve(
        address operator,
        uint256 tokenId
    )
        public
        payable
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
        onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(operator)
    {
        super.approve(operator, tokenId);
    }
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    )
        public
        payable
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
        onlyAllowedOperator(from)
    {
        super.transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    )
        public
        payable
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
        onlyAllowedOperator(from)
    {
        super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    )
        public
        payable
        override(ERC721AUpgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable)
        onlyAllowedOperator(from)
    {
        super.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, data);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable diamond facet contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 */
import {ERC721A__InitializableStorage} from './ERC721A__InitializableStorage.sol';
abstract contract ERC721A__Initializable {
    using ERC721A__InitializableStorage for ERC721A__InitializableStorage.Layout;
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initializer function from being invoked twice.
     */
    modifier initializerERC721A() {
        // If the contract is initializing we ignore whether _initialized is set in order to support multiple
        // inheritance patterns, but we only do this in the context of a constructor, because in other contexts the
        // contract may have been reentered.
        require(
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing
                ? _isConstructor()
                : !ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initialized,
            'ERC721A__Initializable: contract is already initialized'
        );
        bool isTopLevelCall = !ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing = true;
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initialized = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing = false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} modifier, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializingERC721A() {
        require(
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing,
            'ERC721A__Initializable: contract is not initializing'
        );
        _;
    }
    /// @dev Returns true if and only if the function is running in the constructor
    function _isConstructor() private view returns (bool) {
        // extcodesize checks the size of the code stored in an address, and
        // address returns the current address. Since the code is still not
        // deployed when running a constructor, any checks on its code size will
        // yield zero, making it an effective way to detect if a contract is
        // under construction or not.
        address self = address(this);
        uint256 cs;
        assembly {
            cs := extcodesize(self)
        }
        return cs == 0;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This is a base storage for the  initialization function for upgradeable diamond facet contracts
 **/
library ERC721A__InitializableStorage {
    struct Layout {
        /*
         * Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
         */
        bool _initialized;
        /*
         * Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
         */
        bool _initializing;
    }
    bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256('ERC721A.contracts.storage.initializable.facet');
    function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
        bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
        assembly {
            l.slot := slot
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
library ERC721AStorage {
    // Bypass for a `--via-ir` bug (https://github.com/chiru-labs/ERC721A/pull/364).
    struct TokenApprovalRef {
        address value;
    }
    struct Layout {
        // =============================================================
        //                            STORAGE
        // =============================================================
        // The next token ID to be minted.
        uint256 _currentIndex;
        // The number of tokens burned.
        uint256 _burnCounter;
        // Token name
        string _name;
        // Token symbol
        string _symbol;
        // Mapping from token ID to ownership details
        // An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned.
        // See {_packedOwnershipOf} implementation for details.
        //
        // Bits Layout:
        // - [0..159]   `addr`
        // - [160..223] `startTimestamp`
        // - [224]      `burned`
        // - [225]      `nextInitialized`
        // - [232..255] `extraData`
        mapping(uint256 => uint256) _packedOwnerships;
        // Mapping owner address to address data.
        //
        // Bits Layout:
        // - [0..63]    `balance`
        // - [64..127]  `numberMinted`
        // - [128..191] `numberBurned`
        // - [192..255] `aux`
        mapping(address => uint256) _packedAddressData;
        // Mapping from token ID to approved address.
        mapping(uint256 => ERC721AStorage.TokenApprovalRef) _tokenApprovals;
        // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
        mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) _operatorApprovals;
    }
    bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256('ERC721A.contracts.storage.ERC721A');
    function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
        bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
        assembly {
            l.slot := slot
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import './IERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
import {ERC721AStorage} from './ERC721AStorage.sol';
import './ERC721A__Initializable.sol';
/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721 token receiver.
 */
interface ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable {
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
/**
 * @title ERC721A
 *
 * @dev Implementation of the [ERC721](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721)
 * Non-Fungible Token Standard, including the Metadata extension.
 * Optimized for lower gas during batch mints.
 *
 * Token IDs are minted in sequential order (e.g. 0, 1, 2, 3, ...)
 * starting from `_startTokenId()`.
 *
 * Assumptions:
 *
 * - An owner cannot have more than 2**64 - 1 (max value of uint64) of supply.
 * - The maximum token ID cannot exceed 2**256 - 1 (max value of uint256).
 */
contract ERC721AUpgradeable is ERC721A__Initializable, IERC721AUpgradeable {
    using ERC721AStorage for ERC721AStorage.Layout;
    // =============================================================
    //                           CONSTANTS
    // =============================================================
    // Mask of an entry in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY = (1 << 64) - 1;
    // The bit position of `numberMinted` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED = 64;
    // The bit position of `numberBurned` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED = 128;
    // The bit position of `aux` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_AUX = 192;
    // Mask of all 256 bits in packed address data except the 64 bits for `aux`.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 192) - 1;
    // The bit position of `startTimestamp` in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP = 160;
    // The bit mask of the `burned` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_BURNED = 1 << 224;
    // The bit position of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 225;
    // The bit mask of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 1 << 225;
    // The bit position of `extraData` in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA = 232;
    // Mask of all 256 bits in a packed ownership except the 24 bits for `extraData`.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 232) - 1;
    // The mask of the lower 160 bits for addresses.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS = (1 << 160) - 1;
    // The maximum `quantity` that can be minted with {_mintERC2309}.
    // This limit is to prevent overflows on the address data entries.
    // For a limit of 5000, a total of 3.689e15 calls to {_mintERC2309}
    // is required to cause an overflow, which is unrealistic.
    uint256 private constant _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT = 5000;
    // The `Transfer` event signature is given by:
    // `keccak256(bytes("Transfer(address,address,uint256)"))`.
    bytes32 private constant _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE =
        0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef;
    // =============================================================
    //                          CONSTRUCTOR
    // =============================================================
    function __ERC721A_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        __ERC721A_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
    }
    function __ERC721A_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._name = name_;
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._symbol = symbol_;
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = _startTokenId();
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                   TOKEN COUNTING OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the starting token ID.
     * To change the starting token ID, please override this function.
     */
    function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the next token ID to be minted.
     */
    function _nextTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
     * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
     * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented
        // more than `_currentIndex - _startTokenId()` times.
        unchecked {
            return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex - ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
     */
    function _totalMinted() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as `_currentIndex` does not decrement,
        // and it is initialized to `_startTokenId()`.
        unchecked {
            return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens burned.
     */
    function _totalBurned() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                    ADDRESS DATA OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        if (owner == address(0)) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`.
     */
    function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return
            (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`.
     */
    function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return
            (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     */
    function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) {
        return uint64(ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_AUX);
    }
    /**
     * Sets the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     * If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
     */
    function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal virtual {
        uint256 packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner];
        uint256 auxCasted;
        // Cast `aux` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
        assembly {
            auxCasted := aux
        }
        packed = (packed & _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT) | (auxCasted << _BITPOS_AUX);
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] = packed;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC165
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        // The interface IDs are constants representing the first 4 bytes
        // of the XOR of all function selectors in the interface.
        // See: [ERC165](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165)
        // (e.g. `bytes4(i.functionA.selector ^ i.functionB.selector ^ ...)`)
        return
            interfaceId == 0x01ffc9a7 || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC165.
            interfaceId == 0x80ac58cd || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721.
            interfaceId == 0x5b5e139f; // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721Metadata.
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        IERC721Metadata
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._name;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._symbol;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, _toString(tokenId))) : '';
    }
    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, it can be overridden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return '';
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                     OWNERSHIPS OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId)));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size.
     * It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around over time.
     */
    function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        return _unpackedOwnership(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct at `index`.
     */
    function _ownershipAt(uint256 index) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        return _unpackedOwnership(ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index]);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the ownership slot minted at `index` for efficiency purposes.
     */
    function _initializeOwnershipAt(uint256 index) internal virtual {
        if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] == 0) {
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] = _packedOwnershipOf(index);
        }
    }
    /**
     * Returns the packed ownership data of `tokenId`.
     */
    function _packedOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) private view returns (uint256 packed) {
        if (_startTokenId() <= tokenId) {
            packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId];
            // If not burned.
            if (packed & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0) {
                // If the data at the starting slot does not exist, start the scan.
                if (packed == 0) {
                    if (tokenId >= ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
                    // Invariant:
                    // There will always be an initialized ownership slot
                    // (i.e. `ownership.addr != address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
                    // before an unintialized ownership slot
                    // (i.e. `ownership.addr == address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
                    // Hence, `tokenId` will not underflow.
                    //
                    // We can directly compare the packed value.
                    // If the address is zero, packed will be zero.
                    for (;;) {
                        unchecked {
                            packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[--tokenId];
                        }
                        if (packed == 0) continue;
                        return packed;
                    }
                }
                // Otherwise, the data exists and is not burned. We can skip the scan.
                // This is possible because we have already achieved the target condition.
                // This saves 2143 gas on transfers of initialized tokens.
                return packed;
            }
        }
        revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct from `packed`.
     */
    function _unpackedOwnership(uint256 packed) private pure returns (TokenOwnership memory ownership) {
        ownership.addr = address(uint160(packed));
        ownership.startTimestamp = uint64(packed >> _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP);
        ownership.burned = packed & _BITMASK_BURNED != 0;
        ownership.extraData = uint24(packed >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Packs ownership data into a single uint256.
     */
    function _packOwnershipData(address owner, uint256 flags) private view returns (uint256 result) {
        assembly {
            // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // `owner | (block.timestamp << _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP) | flags`.
            result := or(owner, or(shl(_BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP, timestamp()), flags))
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the `nextInitialized` flag set if `quantity` equals 1.
     */
    function _nextInitializedFlag(uint256 quantity) private pure returns (uint256 result) {
        // For branchless setting of the `nextInitialized` flag.
        assembly {
            // `(quantity == 1) << _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED`.
            result := shl(_BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED, eq(quantity, 1))
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                      APPROVAL OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account. See {ERC721A-_approve}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public payable virtual override {
        _approve(to, tokenId, true);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId].value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
     * for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._operatorApprovals[_msgSenderERC721A()][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSenderERC721A(), operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted. See {_mint}.
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return
            _startTokenId() <= tokenId &&
            tokenId < ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex && // If within bounds,
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0; // and not burned.
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `msgSender` is equal to `approvedAddress` or `owner`.
     */
    function _isSenderApprovedOrOwner(
        address approvedAddress,
        address owner,
        address msgSender
    ) private pure returns (bool result) {
        assembly {
            // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // Mask `msgSender` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            msgSender := and(msgSender, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // `msgSender == owner || msgSender == approvedAddress`.
            result := or(eq(msgSender, owner), eq(msgSender, approvedAddress))
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the storage slot and value for the approved address of `tokenId`.
     */
    function _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(uint256 tokenId)
        private
        view
        returns (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress)
    {
        ERC721AStorage.TokenApprovalRef storage tokenApproval = ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId];
        // The following is equivalent to `approvedAddress = _tokenApprovals[tokenId].value`.
        assembly {
            approvedAddressSlot := tokenApproval.slot
            approvedAddress := sload(approvedAddressSlot)
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                      TRANSFER OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override {
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);
        if (address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked)) != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
        (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);
        // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
        if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
            if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        if (to == address(0)) revert TransferToZeroAddress();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
        assembly {
            if approvedAddress {
                // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
                sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
            }
        }
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // We can directly increment and decrement the balances.
            --ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[from]; // Updates: `balance -= 1`.
            ++ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to]; // Updates: `balance += 1`.
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the next owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of transfering.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED | _nextExtraData(from, to, prevOwnershipPacked)
            );
            // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
            if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                    // If the next slot is within bounds.
                    if (nextTokenId != ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) {
                        // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '');
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) public payable virtual override {
        transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
        if (to.code.length != 0)
            if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token IDs
     * are about to be transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called before burning one token.
     *
     * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
     * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token IDs
     * have been transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called after one token has been burned.
     *
     * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
     * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Private function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract.
     *
     * `from` - Previous owner of the given token ID.
     * `to` - Target address that will receive the token.
     * `tokenId` - Token ID to be transferred.
     * `_data` - Optional data to send along with the call.
     *
     * Returns whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value.
     */
    function _checkContractOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        try
            ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received(_msgSenderERC721A(), from, tokenId, _data)
        returns (bytes4 retval) {
            return retval == ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received.selector;
        } catch (bytes memory reason) {
            if (reason.length == 0) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            } else {
                assembly {
                    revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                }
            }
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        MINT OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        uint256 startTokenId = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // `balance` and `numberMinted` have a maximum limit of 2**64.
        // `tokenId` has a maximum limit of 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance += quantity`.
            // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
            //
            // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
            );
            uint256 toMasked;
            uint256 end = startTokenId + quantity;
            // Use assembly to loop and emit the `Transfer` event for gas savings.
            // The duplicated `log4` removes an extra check and reduces stack juggling.
            // The assembly, together with the surrounding Solidity code, have been
            // delicately arranged to nudge the compiler into producing optimized opcodes.
            assembly {
                // Mask `to` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
                toMasked := and(to, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
                // Emit the `Transfer` event.
                log4(
                    0, // Start of data (0, since no data).
                    0, // End of data (0, since no data).
                    _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, // Signature.
                    0, // `address(0)`.
                    toMasked, // `to`.
                    startTokenId // `tokenId`.
                )
                // The `iszero(eq(,))` check ensures that large values of `quantity`
                // that overflows uint256 will make the loop run out of gas.
                // The compiler will optimize the `iszero` away for performance.
                for {
                    let tokenId := add(startTokenId, 1)
                } iszero(eq(tokenId, end)) {
                    tokenId := add(tokenId, 1)
                } {
                    // Emit the `Transfer` event. Similar to above.
                    log4(0, 0, _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, 0, toMasked, tokenId)
                }
            }
            if (toMasked == 0) revert MintToZeroAddress();
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = end;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * This function is intended for efficient minting only during contract creation.
     *
     * It emits only one {ConsecutiveTransfer} as defined in
     * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309),
     * instead of a sequence of {Transfer} event(s).
     *
     * Calling this function outside of contract creation WILL make your contract
     * non-compliant with the ERC721 standard.
     * For full ERC721 compliance, substituting ERC721 {Transfer} event(s) with the ERC2309
     * {ConsecutiveTransfer} event is only permissible during contract creation.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {ConsecutiveTransfer} event.
     */
    function _mintERC2309(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        uint256 startTokenId = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        if (quantity > _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT) revert MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are unrealistic due to the above check for `quantity` to be below the limit.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance += quantity`.
            // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
            //
            // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
            );
            emit ConsecutiveTransfer(startTokenId, startTokenId + quantity - 1, address(0), to);
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = startTokenId + quantity;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * See {_mint}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 quantity,
        bytes memory _data
    ) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, quantity);
        unchecked {
            if (to.code.length != 0) {
                uint256 end = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
                uint256 index = end - quantity;
                do {
                    if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, index++, _data)) {
                        revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                    }
                } while (index < end);
                // Reentrancy protection.
                if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex != end) revert();
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_safeMint(to, quantity, '')`.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        _safeMint(to, quantity, '');
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                       APPROVAL OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_approve(to, tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _approve(to, tokenId, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
     * zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bool approvalCheck
    ) internal virtual {
        address owner = ownerOf(tokenId);
        if (approvalCheck)
            if (_msgSenderERC721A() != owner)
                if (!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSenderERC721A())) {
                    revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
                }
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId].value = to;
        emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        BURN OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_burn(tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _burn(tokenId, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual {
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);
        address from = address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked));
        (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);
        if (approvalCheck) {
            // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
            if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
                if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        }
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
        assembly {
            if approvedAddress {
                // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
                sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
            }
        }
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance -= 1`.
            // - `numberBurned += 1`.
            //
            // We can directly decrement the balance, and increment the number burned.
            // This is equivalent to `packed -= 1; packed += 1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED;`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[from] += (1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) - 1;
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the last owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of burning.
            // - `burned` to `true`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                from,
                (_BITMASK_BURNED | _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED) | _nextExtraData(from, address(0), prevOwnershipPacked)
            );
            // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
            if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                    // If the next slot is within bounds.
                    if (nextTokenId != ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) {
                        // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times.
        unchecked {
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter++;
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                     EXTRA DATA OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Directly sets the extra data for the ownership data `index`.
     */
    function _setExtraDataAt(uint256 index, uint24 extraData) internal virtual {
        uint256 packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index];
        if (packed == 0) revert OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
        uint256 extraDataCasted;
        // Cast `extraData` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
        assembly {
            extraDataCasted := extraData
        }
        packed = (packed & _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT) | (extraDataCasted << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] = packed;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Called during each token transfer to set the 24bit `extraData` field.
     * Intended to be overridden by the cosumer contract.
     *
     * `previousExtraData` - the value of `extraData` before transfer.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _extraData(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint24 previousExtraData
    ) internal view virtual returns (uint24) {}
    /**
     * @dev Returns the next extra data for the packed ownership data.
     * The returned result is shifted into position.
     */
    function _nextExtraData(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked
    ) private view returns (uint256) {
        uint24 extraData = uint24(prevOwnershipPacked >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
        return uint256(_extraData(from, to, extraData)) << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                       OTHER OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the message sender (defaults to `msg.sender`).
     *
     * If you are writing GSN compatible contracts, you need to override this function.
     */
    function _msgSenderERC721A() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a uint256 to its ASCII string decimal representation.
     */
    function _toString(uint256 value) internal pure virtual returns (string memory str) {
        assembly {
            // The maximum value of a uint256 contains 78 digits (1 byte per digit), but
            // we allocate 0xa0 bytes to keep the free memory pointer 32-byte word aligned.
            // We will need 1 word for the trailing zeros padding, 1 word for the length,
            // and 3 words for a maximum of 78 digits. Total: 5 * 0x20 = 0xa0.
            let m := add(mload(0x40), 0xa0)
            // Update the free memory pointer to allocate.
            mstore(0x40, m)
            // Assign the `str` to the end.
            str := sub(m, 0x20)
            // Zeroize the slot after the string.
            mstore(str, 0)
            // Cache the end of the memory to calculate the length later.
            let end := str
            // We write the string from rightmost digit to leftmost digit.
            // The following is essentially a do-while loop that also handles the zero case.
            // prettier-ignore
            for { let temp := value } 1 {} {
                str := sub(str, 1)
                // Write the character to the pointer.
                // The ASCII index of the '0' character is 48.
                mstore8(str, add(48, mod(temp, 10)))
                // Keep dividing `temp` until zero.
                temp := div(temp, 10)
                // prettier-ignore
                if iszero(temp) { break }
            }
            let length := sub(end, str)
            // Move the pointer 32 bytes leftwards to make room for the length.
            str := sub(str, 0x20)
            // Store the length.
            mstore(str, length)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import './IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable.sol';
import '../ERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
import '../ERC721A__Initializable.sol';
/**
 * @title ERC721AQueryable.
 *
 * @dev ERC721A subclass with convenience query functions.
 */
abstract contract ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable is
    ERC721A__Initializable,
    ERC721AUpgradeable,
    IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable
{
    function __ERC721AQueryable_init() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        __ERC721AQueryable_init_unchained();
    }
    function __ERC721AQueryable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {}
    /**
     * @dev Returns the `TokenOwnership` struct at `tokenId` without reverting.
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is out of bounds:
     *
     * - `addr = address(0)`
     * - `startTimestamp = 0`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = 0`
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is burned:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner before token was burned>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp when token was burned>`
     * - `burned = true`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data when token was burned>`
     *
     * Otherwise:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp of start of ownership>`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data at start of ownership>`
     */
    function explicitOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        TokenOwnership memory ownership;
        if (tokenId < _startTokenId() || tokenId >= _nextTokenId()) {
            return ownership;
        }
        ownership = _ownershipAt(tokenId);
        if (ownership.burned) {
            return ownership;
        }
        return _ownershipOf(tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of `TokenOwnership` structs at `tokenIds` in order.
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-explicitOwnershipOf}
     */
    function explicitOwnershipsOf(uint256[] calldata tokenIds)
        external
        view
        virtual
        override
        returns (TokenOwnership[] memory)
    {
        unchecked {
            uint256 tokenIdsLength = tokenIds.length;
            TokenOwnership[] memory ownerships = new TokenOwnership[](tokenIdsLength);
            for (uint256 i; i != tokenIdsLength; ++i) {
                ownerships[i] = explicitOwnershipOf(tokenIds[i]);
            }
            return ownerships;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`,
     * in the range [`start`, `stop`)
     * (i.e. `start <= tokenId < stop`).
     *
     * This function allows for tokens to be queried if the collection
     * grows too big for a single call of {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwner}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `start < stop`
     */
    function tokensOfOwnerIn(
        address owner,
        uint256 start,
        uint256 stop
    ) external view virtual override returns (uint256[] memory) {
        unchecked {
            if (start >= stop) revert InvalidQueryRange();
            uint256 tokenIdsIdx;
            uint256 stopLimit = _nextTokenId();
            // Set `start = max(start, _startTokenId())`.
            if (start < _startTokenId()) {
                start = _startTokenId();
            }
            // Set `stop = min(stop, stopLimit)`.
            if (stop > stopLimit) {
                stop = stopLimit;
            }
            uint256 tokenIdsMaxLength = balanceOf(owner);
            // Set `tokenIdsMaxLength = min(balanceOf(owner), stop - start)`,
            // to cater for cases where `balanceOf(owner)` is too big.
            if (start < stop) {
                uint256 rangeLength = stop - start;
                if (rangeLength < tokenIdsMaxLength) {
                    tokenIdsMaxLength = rangeLength;
                }
            } else {
                tokenIdsMaxLength = 0;
            }
            uint256[] memory tokenIds = new uint256[](tokenIdsMaxLength);
            if (tokenIdsMaxLength == 0) {
                return tokenIds;
            }
            // We need to call `explicitOwnershipOf(start)`,
            // because the slot at `start` may not be initialized.
            TokenOwnership memory ownership = explicitOwnershipOf(start);
            address currOwnershipAddr;
            // If the starting slot exists (i.e. not burned), initialize `currOwnershipAddr`.
            // `ownership.address` will not be zero, as `start` is clamped to the valid token ID range.
            if (!ownership.burned) {
                currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr;
            }
            for (uint256 i = start; i != stop && tokenIdsIdx != tokenIdsMaxLength; ++i) {
                ownership = _ownershipAt(i);
                if (ownership.burned) {
                    continue;
                }
                if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                    currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr;
                }
                if (currOwnershipAddr == owner) {
                    tokenIds[tokenIdsIdx++] = i;
                }
            }
            // Downsize the array to fit.
            assembly {
                mstore(tokenIds, tokenIdsIdx)
            }
            return tokenIds;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`.
     *
     * This function scans the ownership mapping and is O(`totalSupply`) in complexity.
     * It is meant to be called off-chain.
     *
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwnerIn} for splitting the scan into
     * multiple smaller scans if the collection is large enough to cause
     * an out-of-gas error (10K collections should be fine).
     */
    function tokensOfOwner(address owner) external view virtual override returns (uint256[] memory) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 tokenIdsIdx;
            address currOwnershipAddr;
            uint256 tokenIdsLength = balanceOf(owner);
            uint256[] memory tokenIds = new uint256[](tokenIdsLength);
            TokenOwnership memory ownership;
            for (uint256 i = _startTokenId(); tokenIdsIdx != tokenIdsLength; ++i) {
                ownership = _ownershipAt(i);
                if (ownership.burned) {
                    continue;
                }
                if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                    currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr;
                }
                if (currOwnershipAddr == owner) {
                    tokenIds[tokenIdsIdx++] = i;
                }
            }
            return tokenIds;
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import '../IERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721AQueryable.
 */
interface IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable is IERC721AUpgradeable {
    /**
     * Invalid query range (`start` >= `stop`).
     */
    error InvalidQueryRange();
    /**
     * @dev Returns the `TokenOwnership` struct at `tokenId` without reverting.
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is out of bounds:
     *
     * - `addr = address(0)`
     * - `startTimestamp = 0`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = 0`
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is burned:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner before token was burned>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp when token was burned>`
     * - `burned = true`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data when token was burned>`
     *
     * Otherwise:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp of start of ownership>`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data at start of ownership>`
     */
    function explicitOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (TokenOwnership memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of `TokenOwnership` structs at `tokenIds` in order.
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-explicitOwnershipOf}
     */
    function explicitOwnershipsOf(uint256[] memory tokenIds) external view returns (TokenOwnership[] memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`,
     * in the range [`start`, `stop`)
     * (i.e. `start <= tokenId < stop`).
     *
     * This function allows for tokens to be queried if the collection
     * grows too big for a single call of {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwner}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `start < stop`
     */
    function tokensOfOwnerIn(
        address owner,
        uint256 start,
        uint256 stop
    ) external view returns (uint256[] memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`.
     *
     * This function scans the ownership mapping and is O(`totalSupply`) in complexity.
     * It is meant to be called off-chain.
     *
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwnerIn} for splitting the scan into
     * multiple smaller scans if the collection is large enough to cause
     * an out-of-gas error (10K collections should be fine).
     */
    function tokensOfOwner(address owner) external view returns (uint256[] memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721A.
 */
interface IERC721AUpgradeable {
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * Cannot query the balance for the zero address.
     */
    error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
    /**
     * Cannot mint to the zero address.
     */
    error MintToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero.
     */
    error MintZeroQuantity();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token must be owned by `from`.
     */
    error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
    /**
     * Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the
     * ERC721Receiver interface.
     */
    error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
    /**
     * Cannot transfer to the zero address.
     */
    error TransferToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The `quantity` minted with ERC2309 exceeds the safety limit.
     */
    error MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();
    /**
     * The `extraData` cannot be set on an unintialized ownership slot.
     */
    error OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
    // =============================================================
    //                            STRUCTS
    // =============================================================
    struct TokenOwnership {
        // The address of the owner.
        address addr;
        // Stores the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 startTimestamp;
        // Whether the token has been burned.
        bool burned;
        // Arbitrary data similar to `startTimestamp` that can be set via {_extraData}.
        uint24 extraData;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                         TOKEN COUNTERS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
     * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
     * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC165
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC721
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables
     * (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`,
     * checking first that contract recipients are aware of the ERC721 protocol
     * to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move
     * this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom}
     * whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
     * zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
     * for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    // =============================================================
    //                        IERC721Metadata
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
    // =============================================================
    //                           IERC2309
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when tokens in `fromTokenId` to `toTokenId`
     * (inclusive) is transferred from `from` to `to`, as defined in the
     * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309) standard.
     *
     * See {_mintERC2309} for more details.
     */
    event ConsecutiveTransfer(uint256 indexed fromTokenId, uint256 toTokenId, address indexed from, address indexed to);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
interface IOperatorFilterRegistry {
    function isOperatorAllowed(address registrant, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    function register(address registrant) external;
    function registerAndSubscribe(address registrant, address subscription) external;
    function registerAndCopyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
    function unregister(address addr) external;
    function updateOperator(address registrant, address operator, bool filtered) external;
    function updateOperators(address registrant, address[] calldata operators, bool filtered) external;
    function updateCodeHash(address registrant, bytes32 codehash, bool filtered) external;
    function updateCodeHashes(address registrant, bytes32[] calldata codeHashes, bool filtered) external;
    function subscribe(address registrant, address registrantToSubscribe) external;
    function unsubscribe(address registrant, bool copyExistingEntries) external;
    function subscriptionOf(address addr) external returns (address registrant);
    function subscribers(address registrant) external returns (address[] memory);
    function subscriberAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
    function copyEntriesOf(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
    function isOperatorFiltered(address registrant, address operator) external returns (bool);
    function isCodeHashOfFiltered(address registrant, address operatorWithCode) external returns (bool);
    function isCodeHashFiltered(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash) external returns (bool);
    function filteredOperators(address addr) external returns (address[] memory);
    function filteredCodeHashes(address addr) external returns (bytes32[] memory);
    function filteredOperatorAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
    function filteredCodeHashAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (bytes32);
    function isRegistered(address addr) external returns (bool);
    function codeHashOf(address addr) external returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {IOperatorFilterRegistry} from "../IOperatorFilterRegistry.sol";
import {Initializable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
abstract contract OperatorFiltererUpgradeable is Initializable {
    error OperatorNotAllowed(address operator);
    IOperatorFilterRegistry constant operatorFilterRegistry =
        IOperatorFilterRegistry(0x000000000000AAeB6D7670E522A718067333cd4E);
    function __OperatorFilterer_init(address subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy, bool subscribe)
        internal
        onlyInitializing
    {
        // If an inheriting token contract is deployed to a network without the registry deployed, the modifier
        // will not revert, but the contract will need to be registered with the registry once it is deployed in
        // order for the modifier to filter addresses.
        if (address(operatorFilterRegistry).code.length > 0) {
            if (!operatorFilterRegistry.isRegistered(address(this))) {
                if (subscribe) {
                    operatorFilterRegistry.registerAndSubscribe(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
                } else {
                    if (subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy != address(0)) {
                        operatorFilterRegistry.registerAndCopyEntries(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
                    } else {
                        operatorFilterRegistry.register(address(this));
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }
    modifier onlyAllowedOperator(address from) virtual {
        // Check registry code length to facilitate testing in environments without a deployed registry.
        if (address(operatorFilterRegistry).code.length > 0) {
            // Allow spending tokens from addresses with balance
            // Note that this still allows listings and marketplaces with escrow to transfer tokens if transferred
            // from an EOA.
            if (from == msg.sender) {
                _;
                return;
            }
            if (!operatorFilterRegistry.isOperatorAllowed(address(this), msg.sender)) {
                revert OperatorNotAllowed(msg.sender);
            }
        }
        _;
    }
    modifier onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(address operator) virtual {
        // Check registry code length to facilitate testing in environments without a deployed registry.
        if (address(operatorFilterRegistry).code.length > 0) {
            if (!operatorFilterRegistry.isOperatorAllowed(address(this), operator)) {
                revert OperatorNotAllowed(operator);
            }
        }
        _;
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol)
// This file was procedurally generated from scripts/generate/templates/EnumerableSet.js.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for managing
 * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
 * types.
 *
 * Sets have the following properties:
 *
 * - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
 * (O(1)).
 * - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
 *
 * ```
 * contract Example {
 *     // Add the library methods
 *     using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
 *
 *     // Declare a set state variable
 *     EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
 * and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
 *
 * [WARNING]
 * ====
 * Trying to delete such a structure from storage will likely result in data corruption, rendering the structure
 * unusable.
 * See https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/pull/11843[ethereum/solidity#11843] for more info.
 *
 * In order to clean an EnumerableSet, you can either remove all elements one by one or create a fresh instance using an
 * array of EnumerableSet.
 * ====
 */
library EnumerableSet {
    // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
    // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
    // bytes32 values.
    // The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
    // implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
    // underlying Set.
    // This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
    // in bytes32.
    struct Set {
        // Storage of set values
        bytes32[] _values;
        // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
        // means a value is not in the set.
        mapping(bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        if (!_contains(set, value)) {
            set._values.push(value);
            // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
            // and use 0 as a sentinel value
            set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];
        if (valueIndex != 0) {
            // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
            // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
            // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
            uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
            uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;
            if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
                bytes32 lastValue = set._values[lastIndex];
                // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
                set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastValue;
                // Update the index for the moved value
                set._indexes[lastValue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastValue's index to valueIndex
            }
            // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
            set._values.pop();
            // Delete the index for the deleted slot
            delete set._indexes[value];
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private view returns (bool) {
        return set._indexes[value] != 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
        return set._values.length;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return set._values[index];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function _values(Set storage set) private view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        return set._values;
    }
    // Bytes32Set
    struct Bytes32Set {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return _at(set._inner, index);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        bytes32[] memory result;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
    // AddressSet
    struct AddressSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (address[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        address[] memory result;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
    // UintSet
    struct UintSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        uint256[] memory result;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {EnumerableSet} from "openzeppelin-contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
interface IOperatorFilterRegistry {
    function isOperatorAllowed(address registrant, address operator) external returns (bool);
    function register(address registrant) external;
    function registerAndSubscribe(address registrant, address subscription) external;
    function registerAndCopyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
    function updateOperator(address registrant, address operator, bool filtered) external;
    function updateOperators(address registrant, address[] calldata operators, bool filtered) external;
    function updateCodeHash(address registrant, bytes32 codehash, bool filtered) external;
    function updateCodeHashes(address registrant, bytes32[] calldata codeHashes, bool filtered) external;
    function subscribe(address registrant, address registrantToSubscribe) external;
    function unsubscribe(address registrant, bool copyExistingEntries) external;
    function subscriptionOf(address addr) external returns (address registrant);
    function subscribers(address registrant) external returns (address[] memory);
    function subscriberAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
    function copyEntriesOf(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
    function isOperatorFiltered(address registrant, address operator) external returns (bool);
    function isCodeHashOfFiltered(address registrant, address operatorWithCode) external returns (bool);
    function isCodeHashFiltered(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash) external returns (bool);
    function filteredOperators(address addr) external returns (address[] memory);
    function filteredCodeHashes(address addr) external returns (bytes32[] memory);
    function filteredOperatorAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
    function filteredCodeHashAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (bytes32);
    function isRegistered(address addr) external returns (bool);
    function codeHashOf(address addr) external returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {IOperatorFilterRegistry} from "./IOperatorFilterRegistry.sol";
import {Ownable} from "openzeppelin-contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import {EnumerableSet} from "openzeppelin-contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
import {OperatorFilterRegistryErrorsAndEvents} from "./OperatorFilterRegistryErrorsAndEvents.sol";
/**
 * @title  OperatorFilterRegistry
 * @notice Borrows heavily from the QQL BlacklistOperatorFilter contract:
 *         https://github.com/qql-art/contracts/blob/main/contracts/BlacklistOperatorFilter.sol
 * @notice This contracts allows tokens or token owners to register specific addresses or codeHashes that may be
 * *       restricted according to the isOperatorAllowed function.
 */
contract OperatorFilterRegistry is IOperatorFilterRegistry, OperatorFilterRegistryErrorsAndEvents {
    using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
    using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set;
    /// @dev initialized accounts have a nonzero codehash (see https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1052)
    /// Note that this will also be a smart contract's codehash when making calls from its constructor.
    bytes32 constant EOA_CODEHASH = keccak256("");
    mapping(address => EnumerableSet.AddressSet) private _filteredOperators;
    mapping(address => EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set) private _filteredCodeHashes;
    mapping(address => address) private _registrations;
    mapping(address => EnumerableSet.AddressSet) private _subscribers;
    /**
     * @notice restricts method caller to the address or EIP-173 "owner()"
     */
    modifier onlyAddressOrOwner(address addr) {
        if (msg.sender != addr) {
            try Ownable(addr).owner() returns (address owner) {
                if (msg.sender != owner) {
                    revert OnlyAddressOrOwner();
                }
            } catch (bytes memory reason) {
                if (reason.length == 0) {
                    revert NotOwnable();
                } else {
                    /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                    assembly {
                        revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if operator is not filtered for a given token, either by address or codeHash. Also returns
     *         true if supplied registrant address is not registered.
     */
    function isOperatorAllowed(address registrant, address operator) external view returns (bool) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != address(0)) {
            EnumerableSet.AddressSet storage filteredOperatorsRef;
            EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set storage filteredCodeHashesRef;
            filteredOperatorsRef = _filteredOperators[registration];
            filteredCodeHashesRef = _filteredCodeHashes[registration];
            if (filteredOperatorsRef.contains(operator)) {
                revert AddressFiltered(operator);
            }
            if (operator.code.length > 0) {
                bytes32 codeHash = operator.codehash;
                if (filteredCodeHashesRef.contains(codeHash)) {
                    revert CodeHashFiltered(operator, codeHash);
                }
            }
        }
        return true;
    }
    //////////////////
    // AUTH METHODS //
    //////////////////
    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
     */
    function register(address registrant) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
        if (_registrations[registrant] != address(0)) {
            revert AlreadyRegistered();
        }
        _registrations[registrant] = registrant;
        emit RegistrationUpdated(registrant, true);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Unregisters an address with the registry and removes its subscription. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
     *         Note that this does not remove any filtered addresses or codeHashes.
     *         Also note that any subscriptions to this registrant will still be active and follow the existing filtered addresses and codehashes.
     */
    function unregister(address registrant) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrant);
        }
        if (registration != registrant) {
            _subscribers[registration].remove(registrant);
            emit SubscriptionUpdated(registrant, registration, false);
        }
        _registrations[registrant] = address(0);
        emit RegistrationUpdated(registrant, false);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry and "subscribes" to another address's filtered operators and codeHashes.
     */
    function registerAndSubscribe(address registrant, address subscription) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != address(0)) {
            revert AlreadyRegistered();
        }
        if (registrant == subscription) {
            revert CannotSubscribeToSelf();
        }
        address subscriptionRegistration = _registrations[subscription];
        if (subscriptionRegistration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(subscription);
        }
        if (subscriptionRegistration != subscription) {
            revert CannotSubscribeToRegistrantWithSubscription(subscription);
        }
        _registrations[registrant] = subscription;
        _subscribers[subscription].add(registrant);
        emit RegistrationUpdated(registrant, true);
        emit SubscriptionUpdated(registrant, subscription, true);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry and copies the filtered operators and codeHashes from another
     *         address without subscribing.
     */
    function registerAndCopyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy)
        external
        onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant)
    {
        if (registrantToCopy == registrant) {
            revert CannotCopyFromSelf();
        }
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != address(0)) {
            revert AlreadyRegistered();
        }
        address registrantRegistration = _registrations[registrantToCopy];
        if (registrantRegistration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrantToCopy);
        }
        _registrations[registrant] = registrant;
        emit RegistrationUpdated(registrant, true);
        _copyEntries(registrant, registrantToCopy);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update an operator address for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operator is filtered.
     */
    function updateOperator(address registrant, address operator, bool filtered)
        external
        onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant)
    {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrant);
        }
        if (registration != registrant) {
            revert CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(registration);
        }
        EnumerableSet.AddressSet storage filteredOperatorsRef = _filteredOperators[registrant];
        if (!filtered) {
            bool removed = filteredOperatorsRef.remove(operator);
            if (!removed) {
                revert AddressNotFiltered(operator);
            }
        } else {
            bool added = filteredOperatorsRef.add(operator);
            if (!added) {
                revert AddressAlreadyFiltered(operator);
            }
        }
        emit OperatorUpdated(registrant, operator, filtered);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update a codeHash for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHash is filtered.
     */
    function updateCodeHash(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash, bool filtered)
        external
        onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant)
    {
        if (codeHash == EOA_CODEHASH) {
            revert CannotFilterEOAs();
        }
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrant);
        }
        if (registration != registrant) {
            revert CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(registration);
        }
        EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set storage filteredCodeHashesRef = _filteredCodeHashes[registrant];
        if (!filtered) {
            bool removed = filteredCodeHashesRef.remove(codeHash);
            if (!removed) {
                revert CodeHashNotFiltered(codeHash);
            }
        } else {
            bool added = filteredCodeHashesRef.add(codeHash);
            if (!added) {
                revert CodeHashAlreadyFiltered(codeHash);
            }
        }
        emit CodeHashUpdated(registrant, codeHash, filtered);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update multiple operators for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operators will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
     */
    function updateOperators(address registrant, address[] calldata operators, bool filtered)
        external
        onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant)
    {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrant);
        }
        if (registration != registrant) {
            revert CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(registration);
        }
        EnumerableSet.AddressSet storage filteredOperatorsRef = _filteredOperators[registrant];
        uint256 operatorsLength = operators.length;
        unchecked {
            if (!filtered) {
                for (uint256 i = 0; i < operatorsLength; ++i) {
                    address operator = operators[i];
                    bool removed = filteredOperatorsRef.remove(operator);
                    if (!removed) {
                        revert AddressNotFiltered(operator);
                    }
                }
            } else {
                for (uint256 i = 0; i < operatorsLength; ++i) {
                    address operator = operators[i];
                    bool added = filteredOperatorsRef.add(operator);
                    if (!added) {
                        revert AddressAlreadyFiltered(operator);
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        emit OperatorsUpdated(registrant, operators, filtered);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update multiple codeHashes for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHashes will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
     */
    function updateCodeHashes(address registrant, bytes32[] calldata codeHashes, bool filtered)
        external
        onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant)
    {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrant);
        }
        if (registration != registrant) {
            revert CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(registration);
        }
        EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set storage filteredCodeHashesRef = _filteredCodeHashes[registrant];
        uint256 codeHashesLength = codeHashes.length;
        unchecked {
            if (!filtered) {
                for (uint256 i = 0; i < codeHashesLength; ++i) {
                    bytes32 codeHash = codeHashes[i];
                    bool removed = filteredCodeHashesRef.remove(codeHash);
                    if (!removed) {
                        revert CodeHashNotFiltered(codeHash);
                    }
                }
            } else {
                for (uint256 i = 0; i < codeHashesLength; ++i) {
                    bytes32 codeHash = codeHashes[i];
                    if (codeHash == EOA_CODEHASH) {
                        revert CannotFilterEOAs();
                    }
                    bool added = filteredCodeHashesRef.add(codeHash);
                    if (!added) {
                        revert CodeHashAlreadyFiltered(codeHash);
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        emit CodeHashesUpdated(registrant, codeHashes, filtered);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Subscribe an address to another registrant's filtered operators and codeHashes. Will remove previous
     *         subscription if present.
     *         Note that accounts with subscriptions may go on to subscribe to other accounts - in this case,
     *         subscriptions will not be forwarded. Instead the former subscription's existing entries will still be
     *         used.
     */
    function subscribe(address registrant, address newSubscription) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
        if (registrant == newSubscription) {
            revert CannotSubscribeToSelf();
        }
        if (newSubscription == address(0)) {
            revert CannotSubscribeToZeroAddress();
        }
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrant);
        }
        if (registration == newSubscription) {
            revert AlreadySubscribed(newSubscription);
        }
        address newSubscriptionRegistration = _registrations[newSubscription];
        if (newSubscriptionRegistration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(newSubscription);
        }
        if (newSubscriptionRegistration != newSubscription) {
            revert CannotSubscribeToRegistrantWithSubscription(newSubscription);
        }
        if (registration != registrant) {
            _subscribers[registration].remove(registrant);
            emit SubscriptionUpdated(registrant, registration, false);
        }
        _registrations[registrant] = newSubscription;
        _subscribers[newSubscription].add(registrant);
        emit SubscriptionUpdated(registrant, newSubscription, true);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Unsubscribe an address from its current subscribed registrant, and optionally copy its filtered operators and codeHashes.
     */
    function unsubscribe(address registrant, bool copyExistingEntries) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrant);
        }
        if (registration == registrant) {
            revert NotSubscribed();
        }
        _subscribers[registration].remove(registrant);
        _registrations[registrant] = registrant;
        emit SubscriptionUpdated(registrant, registration, false);
        if (copyExistingEntries) {
            _copyEntries(registrant, registration);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Copy filtered operators and codeHashes from a different registrantToCopy to addr.
     */
    function copyEntriesOf(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
        if (registrant == registrantToCopy) {
            revert CannotCopyFromSelf();
        }
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrant);
        }
        if (registration != registrant) {
            revert CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(registration);
        }
        address registrantRegistration = _registrations[registrantToCopy];
        if (registrantRegistration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrantToCopy);
        }
        _copyEntries(registrant, registrantToCopy);
    }
    /// @dev helper to copy entries from registrantToCopy to registrant and emit events
    function _copyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) private {
        EnumerableSet.AddressSet storage filteredOperatorsRef = _filteredOperators[registrantToCopy];
        EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set storage filteredCodeHashesRef = _filteredCodeHashes[registrantToCopy];
        uint256 filteredOperatorsLength = filteredOperatorsRef.length();
        uint256 filteredCodeHashesLength = filteredCodeHashesRef.length();
        unchecked {
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < filteredOperatorsLength; ++i) {
                address operator = filteredOperatorsRef.at(i);
                bool added = _filteredOperators[registrant].add(operator);
                if (added) {
                    emit OperatorUpdated(registrant, operator, true);
                }
            }
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < filteredCodeHashesLength; ++i) {
                bytes32 codehash = filteredCodeHashesRef.at(i);
                bool added = _filteredCodeHashes[registrant].add(codehash);
                if (added) {
                    emit CodeHashUpdated(registrant, codehash, true);
                }
            }
        }
    }
    //////////////////
    // VIEW METHODS //
    //////////////////
    /**
     * @notice Get the subscription address of a given registrant, if any.
     */
    function subscriptionOf(address registrant) external view returns (address subscription) {
        subscription = _registrations[registrant];
        if (subscription == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrant);
        } else if (subscription == registrant) {
            subscription = address(0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Get the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function subscribers(address registrant) external view returns (address[] memory) {
        return _subscribers[registrant].values();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Get the subscriber at a given index in the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function subscriberAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external view returns (address) {
        return _subscribers[registrant].at(index);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if operator is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isOperatorFiltered(address registrant, address operator) external view returns (bool) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != registrant) {
            return _filteredOperators[registration].contains(operator);
        }
        return _filteredOperators[registrant].contains(operator);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if a codeHash is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isCodeHashFiltered(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash) external view returns (bool) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != registrant) {
            return _filteredCodeHashes[registration].contains(codeHash);
        }
        return _filteredCodeHashes[registrant].contains(codeHash);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if the hash of an address's code is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isCodeHashOfFiltered(address registrant, address operatorWithCode) external view returns (bool) {
        bytes32 codeHash = operatorWithCode.codehash;
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != registrant) {
            return _filteredCodeHashes[registration].contains(codeHash);
        }
        return _filteredCodeHashes[registrant].contains(codeHash);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if an address has registered
     */
    function isRegistered(address registrant) external view returns (bool) {
        return _registrations[registrant] != address(0);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns a list of filtered operators for a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function filteredOperators(address registrant) external view returns (address[] memory) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != registrant) {
            return _filteredOperators[registration].values();
        }
        return _filteredOperators[registrant].values();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the set of filtered codeHashes for a given address or its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredCodeHashes(address registrant) external view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != registrant) {
            return _filteredCodeHashes[registration].values();
        }
        return _filteredCodeHashes[registrant].values();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the filtered operator at the given index of the set of filtered operators for a given address or
     *         its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredOperatorAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external view returns (address) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != registrant) {
            return _filteredOperators[registration].at(index);
        }
        return _filteredOperators[registrant].at(index);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the filtered codeHash at the given index of the list of filtered codeHashes for a given address or
     *         its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredCodeHashAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external view returns (bytes32) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != registrant) {
            return _filteredCodeHashes[registration].at(index);
        }
        return _filteredCodeHashes[registrant].at(index);
    }
    /// @dev Convenience method to compute the code hash of an arbitrary contract
    function codeHashOf(address a) external view returns (bytes32) {
        return a.codehash;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
contract OperatorFilterRegistryErrorsAndEvents {
    error CannotFilterEOAs();
    error AddressAlreadyFiltered(address operator);
    error AddressNotFiltered(address operator);
    error CodeHashAlreadyFiltered(bytes32 codeHash);
    error CodeHashNotFiltered(bytes32 codeHash);
    error OnlyAddressOrOwner();
    error NotRegistered(address registrant);
    error AlreadyRegistered();
    error AlreadySubscribed(address subscription);
    error NotSubscribed();
    error CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(address subscription);
    error CannotSubscribeToSelf();
    error CannotSubscribeToZeroAddress();
    error NotOwnable();
    error AddressFiltered(address filtered);
    error CodeHashFiltered(address account, bytes32 codeHash);
    error CannotSubscribeToRegistrantWithSubscription(address registrant);
    error CannotCopyFromSelf();
    event RegistrationUpdated(address indexed registrant, bool indexed registered);
    event OperatorUpdated(address indexed registrant, address indexed operator, bool indexed filtered);
    event OperatorsUpdated(address indexed registrant, address[] operators, bool indexed filtered);
    event CodeHashUpdated(address indexed registrant, bytes32 indexed codeHash, bool indexed filtered);
    event CodeHashesUpdated(address indexed registrant, bytes32[] codeHashes, bool indexed filtered);
    event SubscriptionUpdated(address indexed registrant, address indexed subscription, bool indexed subscribed);
}